Search results

(1 - 20 of 24)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1973-1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calenda...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE Identification . . . and O b j e c t i v e s V i s i t i n g t h e Campus . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . PAGE 7, ACADEMIC L I F E . . . . . The 4-1-4.Calendar . . Faculty . General Education Requirements Majors . . Pre-Professional Training I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs . International Study Honors Program . Degrees . .. . .. . .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT L I F E . . . S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . . Recreation . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c s . . . Religious Life Student Services . Housing . Food S e r v i c e MUS I P .. .. . . . . . . PAGE 15, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE . . The A p p l i c a t i o n Process . . Transfer . . Early Decision . Early Admission . . Advanced Placement . . Advanced Standing . . . . PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL A I D . . . . . Deposits . . . . . F i n a n c i a l Aid Expenses . 19 73- 74 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts . Refunds , .. PAGE 22, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION .. . . .. . .. . . Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration . P r o b a t i o n and Dismissal . Grading C r e d i t by Examination . Classification . Courses . . . Numbering . Symbol .. .. . . . . PAGE 27, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 79, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 8 6 , PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 87, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o a n s w e r m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was correct a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t notice . Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e information you need t o know as a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most o f t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e c o l l e g e . C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. We hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC. ......The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . COURSE .........A MAJOR.. . . . . . . . .A MINOR s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such as "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e taken each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. ..........A concentration i n a f i e l d of study other than t h e major. Fewer courses a r e r e q u i r e d t h a n i n t h e maj o r . ELECTIVE. FEE.. c o n c e n t r a t i o n of s t u d y i n one a r e a . Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 33 a r e a s . Students complete t h e requirements f o r t h e major a s w e l l as t h e g e n e r a l education requirements of the c o l l e g e t o e a r n t h e b a c h e l o r o f a r t s degree. . . . . . .A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department a s h i s i n t e r e s t s d i c t a t e . . . . . . . . . . .Charges made by t h e c o l l e g e f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y . Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r repays. S e v e r a l loan funds a r e a v a i l a b l e through c o l l e g e , p r i v a t e and governmental sources LOA N . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCHOLARSHIP.. . F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t of t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r ACT. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h o f d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need of t h e s t u d e n t . There i s no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER. ......The c o l l e g e o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n length and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. Vol. 36, No. 3, September 1972 AUGSBUAO COLLEGE NOW Is publlehsd seml-monthly In January March, Augusl September and Oscember and monthly In ~obrincyAprll ~ n y , ' ~ u nJuly e Octobor nnd November bv ~utlsburb~ o 1 1 6 a o731 . 2f & ~ v e . S.. ' Mlnnsa~olla.Mlnn. 66101. sbcon7 c ~ n i spnn~hgepeld at Mlnneapolls, Mlnneuota. There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a metropolitan c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l colleges t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r intramural a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t ' of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e calendar known a s t h e "4- 1-4. I t I n t h e study of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation of knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t concentration i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds o f c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie Theater, t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r coffee houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and dedicated s t a f f , an eager s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College ldentif i c a t i o n Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with Founded more than 100 years t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC) ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. . The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e e n j oyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such a s t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus connections can be made from a l l a r e a s of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern b o r d e r o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 16) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, honest, competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context of t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg e m p h a s i z e s the f o l l o w i n g p r i m a r y o b j e c t i v e s : 1 t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r m a j o r . t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d . t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g a c a d e m i c excellence . I t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o the problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city. t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which exist f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t s t a n d a r d s by which e x c e l l e n c e i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North C e n t r a l Association o f Colleges and Secondary Schools. The N a t i o n a l Council f o r t h e A c c r e d i t a t i o n o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical S o c i e t y T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t o f Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t o f t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes . I 1 The c o l l e g e c u r r e n t l y h a s 13 major b u i l d i n g s w i t h a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e a d j a c e n t t o t h e campus. Visiting t h e Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e c o l l e g e program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A p e r s o n a l i n t e r v i e w a f f o r d s c a n d i d a t e s , p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a c o l l e g e and i n making admissions d e c i s i o n s . A student-conducted campus t o u r and a n i n t e r v i e w with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. S t u d e n t s who wish t o a r r a n g e f a r a t o u r and an i n t e r v i e w a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o b e made t o meet w i t h a member o f t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e c o l l e g e . Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l discover t h e world while preparing f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgts goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and prepare them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4 - 1 - 4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s concentration on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena o f l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e study and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r those i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgts f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o is 1 5 . 7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r first name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be incorporated i n t o t h e planned course o f study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t of s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and 7 drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from b i o l o g y , chemistry, mathematics , p h y s i c s , and psychology. A few c o u r s e s from economics , h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n E n g l i s h must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses c o n t a i n i n g an emphasis on m e t r o p o l i t a n concerns i s r e q u i r e d a s w e l l a s p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n a c t i v i t i e s . (For d e t a i l s , see " A c a d e m i c A d m i n i s t r a t i o n section. " ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and P h y s i c a l Education History Mathemati cs Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Phi 1os ophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Pbysi c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Traini n g S t u d e n t s who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and e n g i n e e r i n g , can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n a t Augsburg. I t i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t requirements f o r admission t o g r a d u a t e s c h o o l s o r s e m i n a r i e s b e reviewed and t h e n t h e c o u r s e o f s t u d y at Augsburg be planned a c c o r d i n g l y . Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f c o u r s e s i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t - i o n f o r future professional study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg c o o p e r a t e s w i t h o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. ST. PAUL EXCHANGE. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each s e m e s t e r a t a n o t h e r campus w i t h o u t a d d i t i o n a l f e e . S t u d e n t s may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o g a i n new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c c o u r s e i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have c o o r d i n a t e d 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m term may a l s o be t a k e n on a n o t h e r campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. T h i s group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e i n n o v a t i v e c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , i n t e r c h a n g e and s h a r i n g o f academic p e r s o n n e l and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t s p o n s o r s h i p of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs c o n s i s t e n t w i t h t h e needs and r e s o u r c e s of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A c o o p e r a t i v e e f f o r t between Augsburg College and M e t r o p o l i t a n S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f a f o u r - y e a r program i n s o c i o l o g y o r psychology w i t h a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g w i t h chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e t a k e n b o t h on t h e Augsburg and t h e M e t r o p o l i t a n campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning c l a s s e s b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e c o u r s e s f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. C l a s s e s a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y H o s p i t a l , and T r e v i l l a of Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s i n v o l v e d i n t h e c o u r s e s , both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , h a s been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e c o u r s e i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e s t u d y by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g w i t h inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation o f Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg h o l d s t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay f o r inmates m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co- l e a r n i n g c o u r s e s . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg Is summer s c h o o l c a l e n d a r i s c o o r d i n a t e d with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . P a u l . S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l may s e l e c t c o u r s e s on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e o f f e r e d t o p e r m i t s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r d e g r e e s . COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE ( C D I ) . Augsburg and C D I have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing" a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. I n cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester of t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2 . 5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses . I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study There a r e s e v e r a l types o f i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e s choo 1 y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n s t u d y a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s t u d y a l l o v e r t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may a r r a n g e t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. T h i s ' t y p e of s t u d y must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by o n e ' s f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and t h e n by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t S t a n d i n g . C r e d i t e a r n e d t h r o u g h f o r e i g n s t u d y may b e a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d u a t i o n requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . u SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds o f p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer s t u d y i n g abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have s p e n t summers i n ~ o r w a ~S p, a i n , Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For i n f o r m a t i o n on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , c o n t a c t t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l a c c e l e r a t e d s e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o freshman s t u d e n t s w i t h o u t s t a n d i n g h i g h s c h o o l r e c o r d s . For s u p e r i o r s t u d e n t s of a l l c l a s s y e a r s , i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e o f f e r e d each term. S e v e r a l departments o f t h e c o l l e g e o f f e r programs through which t h e s t u d e n t can e a r n honors i n t h e major. The o p p o r t u n i t y t o do independent s t u d y i n f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e c o l l e g e . For s t u d e n t s who apply f o r and r e c e i v e s p e c i a l s t a t u s a s Honors S c h o l a r s , g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirements a r e modified a s n e c e s s a r y t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . A d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e honors program i s a v a i l a b l e upon r e q u e s t from t h e Honors Program D i r e c t o r a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg C o l l e g e o f f e r s t h e Bachelor o f A r t s (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree o f Bachelor o f Music. ( S e e the Department o f M u s i c f o r B .M . d e g r e e r e q u i r e m e n t s ) 11 Student Life Your e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether a s a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e c l i m a t e f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your e d u c a t i o n . Social and Cultural Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s w e l l a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name e n t e r t a i n m e n t , and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. O f f i c e s f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, rhe Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e c l u b s t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e C e n t e r . There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and O r c h e s t r a t o u r a n n u a l l y . The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l s t u d e n t - o r g a n i z e d groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program p r o v i d e s competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r i n t r a m u r a l winners a t v a r i o u s colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member o f t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e a n n u a l l y competes i n t e n s p o r t s including f o o t b a l l , soccer, cross country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad t o o k p a r t i n p o s t season c o m p e t i t i o n l a s t s e a s o n . The p u c k s t e r s f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. T h i s y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. S e n i o r c o - c a p t a i n P a t Marcy won t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. The o t h e r c o - c a p t a i n , s e n i o r Ron Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e second t i m e i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life A n important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e as academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well a s discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative o f f i c e s . West Hall, an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . 13 TOWER APARTMENTS - now under c o n s t r u c t i o n . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room deposit by t h i s d a t e a r e automatically removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e deposit a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg if t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e .top f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r of t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t orders and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) i s Augsburgls new college-wide program. It provides s t u d e n t s i n a l l f i e l d s of study with t h e opportunity t o g a i n p r a c t i c a l on-,thewjob experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e w i t h a v a r i e t y o f companies, agencies and community o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s of high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without r e g a r d t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3 . Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 5 examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r y e a r . Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t not t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t 15 p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n deposit which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. E a r l y Admission An Early Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r Early Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r Early Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude Test i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y previously completed. Advanced S t a n d i n g College c r e d i t i s granted t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have scored high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s of s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg . Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup L i b r a r y )I Science H a l l ( 5 , r a 3 - 3 3 0 ) Old Main (do. 1-29, C. d / A ) Future S i t e of Residence Tower Urness Tower Residence The College C e n t e r The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l [md 1 , A V ) The ~ r tS-t u d i o ( A ) Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o [ 0 5) The Music B u i l d i n g (m) S i Melby H a l l (G) Speech and Drama B u i l d i n g YO- ~ 9 ) East Hall C E H ) (#a Admissions (Science 156) 433-936 Alumni R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o ~ Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ; Augsburgi an (College C e n t e r ground i Bookstore (College C e n t e r 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 135) C a r e e r Planning and Placement (Memorial 1s t f l o o r ) C e n t e r f o r S t u d e n t Development (Memorial 1st f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o c CHR (Memorial ground f l o o r ) 309-32; Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) y l a Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) q21 ' Development O f f i c e (Memorial 2nd f l c . Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1,845.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee p l a n ) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses d u r i n g t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,025.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $820 . O O I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t authorized. A p a r t - t i m e r a t e o f $264.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course o n l y . F u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course w i t h o u t charge. For p a r t - t i m e s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $132 .OO a c o u r s e . SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $155.00 payable with t u i t i o n : 4-1 ( o r 1 - 4 ) . . . . .$88.00 Balance o f y e a r . $6 7.00 . (Applies t o S t u d e n t Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, c h o r a l , and drama e v e n t s and s u p p o r t o f College C e n t e r programs, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . P a r t - time s t u d e n t s a r e charged ,on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s o f $22 a c o u r s e . ) A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10 .OO i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one o f t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $155.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 S t u d e n t Teaching, $35 .OO Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20.00 ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8 .OO ($2 .OO an interim). Band-Orchestra i n s t r u m e n t r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $ 2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges according t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $1,040 to $1,100 Men: $1,070.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,100.00 f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $606.00 and $624.00) Women: $1,040 .OO f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,070 .OO f o r f u l l b o a r d . (Five month b i l l i n g , $589 .OO and $606.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 2 1 meals a week, w h i l e a p a r t i a l b o a r d p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 19 1973- 74 Cost Summary A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ............. $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,845.00 ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 p a i d on a c c e p t a n c e t o A u g s b u r g and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s .) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . $1,040.00-$1,100.00 ....... $ 25.00 ( R e f u n d e d o n t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg.) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not r e f u n d a b l e ) Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission h a s been accepted; t o be p a i d by ~ ~ r 1, i i 1972 (payment i s due J a n u a r y 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not r e f u n d a b l e ) . Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term b e g i n n i n g September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon g r a d u a t i o n , t r a n s f e r t o a n o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g e d u c a t i o n program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A s t a t e m e n t o f e s t i m a t e d charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l b e p r e p a r e d and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment o f t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second s e m e s t e r i s due J a n u a r y 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s s c h e d u l e must b e a r r a n g e d w i t h t h e Business O f f i c e p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t.0 r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a p r e c e d i n g t e r m has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds If a s t u d e n t d e c i d e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , r e f u n d s o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed a c c o r d i n g t o t h e f o l l o w i n g schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t F r i d a y o f c l a s s e s . 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of first week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board r e f u n d s a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combina'tion o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic r e c o r d . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l l o a n s t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: E d u c a t i o n a l Opportunity Grant, Basic O p p o r t u n i t y Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t S t u d e n t Loan ( f o r m e r l y N a t i o n a l Defense S t u d e n t Loan), C o l l e g e Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d S t u d e n t Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s-ubmitting t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . Academic Administration S t u d e n t s who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own c o u r s e o f s t u d y w i t h t h e h e l p o f f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e c o u r s e s i n t h e h u m a n i t i e s , t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg g r a d u a t e s a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; t h e y a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s c o u r s e s a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s m i s s i o n . MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 c o u r s e s o f which 11 must b e upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more t h a n 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion o f a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average o f 2.0 (C average) i n a l l c o u r s e s t a k e n and i n c o u r s e s which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r i n r e s i d e n c e . 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion o f d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A c o u r s e i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department o f E n g l i s h ) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A c o u r s e from a t l e a s t two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments : b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y , mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A c o u r s e from one o r two o f t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two c o u r s e s from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e c o u r s e s i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m c o u r s e . A l l c o u r s e s l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement . f. A c o u r s e r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two s e m e s t e r s o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s w i t h p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one s e m e s t e r o f a c t i v i t i e s . h. Division Four i n t e r i m c o u r s e s , one each y e a r . Organization The c o l l e g e c o u r s e s a r e o r g a n i z e d i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and c o o p e r a t i v e aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s a p p o i n t e d f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Department o f Business. A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department o f P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e Department o f Psychology Department o f Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Department Library Department Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, S c i e n c e , Secondary Education o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education o f Music HUMANITIES Department of A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, L a t i n , Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of R e l i g i o n Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must b e r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e credit for it. A normal l o a d i s f o u r c o u r s e s p e r s e m e s t e r and one c o u r s e i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r four courses p e r s e m e s t e r a r e d e f i n e d as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r b e g i n s , it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled t i m e . A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f t h e s e m e s t e r . S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned c o u r s e s r e s u l t i n a grade o f F . C a n c e l l a t i o n o f c o u r s e s o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n the Registrar's Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven c o u r s e s with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 a s seniors. Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may b e p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 Fs having t a k e n 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 Fs having t a k e n 7-15 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 16-24 c o u r s e s having t a k e n 25 o r more c o u r s e s I f a s t u d e n t h a s been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more s e m e s t e r s c o n s e c u t i v e l y , h e i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end o f t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who has a p o o r academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y a d v i s e d t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f h e wishes t o do s o he may c o n t i n u e on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g t e r m w i l l n o t be automatic. Each c a s e w i l l b e reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and S t u d e n t Standing. A s t u d e n t who has been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most c o u r s e s a r e graded on a s c a l e o f A, B , C , D , F w i t h f o u r grade p o i n t s f o r a grade o f A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C , one f o r D and z e r o f o r F . No f r a c t i o n a l courses a r e o f f e r e d . Most c o u r s e s a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, w i t h P meaning a grade o f C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s t h a n s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N g r a d i n g system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average, and n o c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d f o r a c o u r s e i n which t h e s t u d e n t r e c e i v e s a grade o f N . A f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t may t a k e up t o one course p e r s e m e s t e r on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system, b u t only two courses on P/N may b e allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor w i t h approval of t h e department chairman . An incomplete grade ( I ) may b e given o n l y i n t h e c a s e o f an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n w i t h t h e Committee on Admissions and Student S t a n d i n g s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r o f t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must b e removed during t h e following semester. A grade o f X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must b e completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade o f X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade of F, D, N , I , o r X h a s been r e c e i v e d may b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second t i m e a r e counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t a v e r a g e . Courses i n which h i g h e r grades have been e a r n e d may n o t b e r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, b e audited. Courses i n Student Teaching a r e graded by P , D , o r N . General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations s h o u l d c o n s u l t w i t h department chairmen o r w i t h t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r b y comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore ....... 7 c o u r s e s . .......14 grade p o i n t s 32 grade p o i n t s J u n i o r . . . . . . . . . .16 c o u r s e s . S e n i o r ..........25 c o u r s e s ........50 grade p o i n t s ....... To be c o n s i d e r e d f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two s e m e s t e r s and one course d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l o f seven c o u r s e s ) . To b e c o n s i d e r e d f u l l t i m e f o r a s e m e s t e r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses. Courses A l l c o u r s e s have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 5 t o 6 q u a r t e r c r e d i t s o r 3% t o 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 c o u r s e s i s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation. Most c o u r s e s meet f o r t h r e e s i x t y - m i n u t e p e r i o d s o r two n i n e t y minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each. s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making ch-anges i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses w i t h i n a d e q u a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n may b e cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses ; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper d i v i s i . o n . I n g e n e r a l , c o u r s e s numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 3 0 0 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 4 0 0 ' s f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l o f t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may b e t a k e n w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . 26 Course Descriptions Descriptions of t h e courses offered i n 1973-74 a r e given on t h e following pages. See page 26 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 4 9 9 , p l u s 11 m u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n the U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n o n e o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIVE COURSES A N D OPTIONS : History o f t h e United S t a t e s American S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 2 2 2 , 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 Li terature and F i n e Arts in tho Clr~ited S t a t e r American S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o S p e e c h 2 4 1 ) , 2 5 0 , 351, 4 2 3 , 490 Social Sciences i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 114 E d u c a t i o n 4 7 8 , 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325, 326, 3 4 2 , 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 111, 231, 2 3 7 , 351, 383, 463 Economics 1 2 0 , 1 2 2 , 251, 453 TEACHINGMAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . Same a s a b o v e , p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n a r e a t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above g r o u p i n g s under m a j o r . 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e . g . , r e l i g i o n under s l a v e r y , churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERI CAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a l i m i t e d period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various d i s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . P r a c t i c e i n t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN I S S U E For d e s c r i p t i o n , see 295. l e v e l o f work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t o f an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Art P h i 1ip T h o m p s o n MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; 2 2 1 , 223, 2 2 5 , 350. - F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 8 I t w o from 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , 27 MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ; one from 4 8 6 , 4 8 7 , 488; and two from 1 1 8 , 221 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n t h e urban and world s e t t i n g . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . ( 3 one hour l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 118 P A I N T I N G I Introduction t o painting media and technique. all, S p r i n g ) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , l e a d , wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods of printmaking i n a v a r i e t y of media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e of v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study of v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , film, a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 5 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 FILM-MAKING Film-making through p r a c t i c a l laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of t h e expressive and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . (Summer, I n t e r i m ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making of p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. (Prereq. : 350. F a l l , Spring) 355 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f painting. (Prereq. : 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR P A I N T I N G Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 7 . Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq. : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , s t o n e , p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 1 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and Oriental s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , f o u r u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and o n e t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . MAJOR, O p t i o n 11: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and one t e r m o f s e m i n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 2 2 3 ( o r 351, 352) . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper division c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t w o b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; o n e summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n o n academic work i n b i o l o g y and o n d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does n o t normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , s p r i n g ) - 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY a A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function o f t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Fall f o r nurses o n l y ; Spring f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s o f microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : Chemistry 103. Spring) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explcsion. L a b o r a t o p demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of tile C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 1 1 1, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, g e n e t i c s , developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; A comprehensive i n t r o d u c t i o n t o b i o l o g i c a l s c i e n c e . 112, Spring. 3 hours l e c t u r e ; 3 hours laboratory) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study d e a l i n g with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morpholog)l, e v o l u t i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on recent advances i n human g e n e t i c s . Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Frereq .: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An i n t r o d u c t a r y consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c a c i d s i n c l u d i n g intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g 471, 474, 476. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 o r 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, c y t o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Remmmended: C h e m i s t r y 223 or 3 5 1 , P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 351; and P h y s i c s 1 2 3 . F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f t h e p h y s i o l o g i c a l and morphological changes which o c c u r d u r i n g t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e a n i m a l s . Experimental a s well a s d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e l a b o r a t o r y work. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e s t u d y o f micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , p a t h o g e n i c i t y a r e c o n s i d e r e d as w e l l a s c e r t a i n methods. 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 2 2 3 o r 3 5 1 . Recommended: 3 6 7 . F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e s t u d y o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: C h e m i s t r y 361. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 , 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and r e s e a r c h . Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy o f s c i e n c e a s w e l l as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . S e n i o r s majoring i n Biology and N a t u r a l S c i e n c e f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e r e q u i r e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e ( 3 hours c l a s s . Prereq. : 112, 491, F a l l ; 492, Spring) expected t o a t t e n d . 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n d i v i d u a l work on a r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f an i n s t r u c t o r . ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and Intended f o r b i o l o g y majors. P r i m a r i l y l a b o r a t o r y work. p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business Fall, Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 4 8 3 o r 4 8 4 . Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2 5 8 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g o n c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the t w o r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 , 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s ~ d m i n i s t r a t i o n1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3,73, 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 4 8 3 . Economics 1'22, 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d f r o m 2.58 o r 391 o r 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and o n e o f 2 6 1 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 ; and o n e o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 ; a n d E c o n o m i c s 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and c o m p r e h e n s i v e o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c Accountants (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t have completed t h e major i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Accounting, t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics general c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, Finance, and Mathematics.) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed the above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d under the r u l e s o f the Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, c o s t c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives o f various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 101. S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses o f long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, c u r r e n t and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q : 262. S p r i n g ) . 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c y . Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High School Algebra. Fall) 1I ' ' 'A 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control o f economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard c o s t systems, as well a s o t h e r quantative and behavioral topics. (Prereq. : 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income taxes f o r individuals and various forms o f business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types o f s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( P r e r e q . : 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e a r e a s o f Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. I n a d d i t i o n t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The s t u d e n t may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATIQN: SECRETAMAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1979-1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirement...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsblurg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpub1ishedherein;the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of C o n t e n t s PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 23, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 29, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 33, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 42, EXPENSES PAGE 45, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 52, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 54, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 142, FACULTY PAGE 151, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 153, INDEX PAGE 155, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed togive you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hopethe following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC COURSE .......... The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ............. A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR ............. .A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR.. .......... ..A concentration in a field or study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE FEE .......... ..A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. .................. Charges LOAN made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. ...............Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP ...... .Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ......... .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE ...... .A course which a student i s required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, i s more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration i s necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities is available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial in 1969 and i s i n its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1600 i s largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are residentstudents, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service t o Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available t o you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the O l d Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students o n skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n onearea or major. Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand t h e Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulagated by the American Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or t o the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of The Campus Augsburg's campus is located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's are adjacent t o the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students t o learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital i n the process o T - T e r e a K - aTdtege and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. ,< - \.- .-' .Z Campus Guide A. B. C. D. E. 1. Admissions House 2. West Hall 3. Library 4. Science Hall 5. O l d Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10. Memorial Hall 11. Art Studio and Art Annex 12. O l d Music Hall 13. Si Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Music Hall 18. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus o n Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St.*Mary's Parking Ramp Offices Admissions (628 21st Ave. 5.) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located i n relation t o each other. Following i s a brief description of each building. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Speech and Drama Building, was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. Science Hall, erected i n 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided i n this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated i n 1955. Adjaceant t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative otfices. The Music Hall, erected in 1978, is the newest building on the campus. It contains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of M i s s Gerda Mortensen,.dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. - - The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall, i s an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area p r o v i d e accommodations f o r students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry i s offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers i n business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks t o assist its students through their academic experience t o better understand themselves and the world and to equip them t o serve accordi n g t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to i t s students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary i n n e r struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities i n this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try t o take a personal interest i n their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 t o 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible t o the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance i n pursuing term paper topics, and directions t o other local sources of information, The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h f a c u l t y and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls i n four courses; during the interim concentration i s on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest i n music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest i n people may find form i n the study and participation i n activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested' i n communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. I n the humanities area, students may select courses i n literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen f r o m biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered i n science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. O n e course f r o m an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; English Ill, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the Universityof Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses i n the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. . Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access t o over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect t o English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; participate in the cooperative program t o Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology Ill, gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or t o 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 undertake a specific course or major not course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, offered on the home campus. The colliterature, music, humanities, theater, and leges have coordinated calendars. The upper division foreign languages); aninterim term may also be taken o n t h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, another campus. A regularly scheduled history, political science, psychology, and bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e sociology courses to fulfill the remainder campuses. of the distribution requir,ements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges i n planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This Computer Programming. Augsburg and group is composed of colleges and uniControl Data Institute have an arrangeversities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South ment whereby students may transfer the Dakota. Planned activities include inequivalent of three courses in computer novative curricular programsfor students, programming taken at CDI to Augsburg interchange and sharing of academic perCollege. sonnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursstudy, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban ing students in the school of nursing at affairs conference, and development of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive inprograms consistent with the needs and struction in biology, chemistry, and other resources of the community organiza~ basic courses at Augsburg. Applications tions of the Upper Midwest. for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly t o the hospital. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison,Trevillaof Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers w o r k which enables qualified students t o receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program i s completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student t o receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. wishes t o participate i n an international program. Admission t o this program requires an application t o b e approved by t h e director of 'the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This i s a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity. Students at A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e a n d Antioch-Minneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain m u t u a l l y satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. While Augsburg not Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior t o the year one Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type o f study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Re- cently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program Interim. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed t o provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," i s offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arisingfrom the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center i s a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet i n the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate i n some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg i s also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context i n which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge growsfrom more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills t o produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created t o support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide t o a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices t o make, directions t o consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers t o the rnany questions you have about college life. you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation i s provided on questions of policy and procedure. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want t o expand your cross-cultural awareness, you can contact a staff member t o help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow i n understanding of yourself and your relationship t o others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information o n current offerings and oppoi-tunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t b improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor t o diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability t o respond t o the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant i n group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able t o facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students l i v e i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two t o a room,with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative t o traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and t w o - b e d r o o m apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it i s large enough t o meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing i s available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance paymentwhen they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one in the area of education. Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this i s a good place to work them out. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. to writing or editing t o service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. International Students Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government is organized intothe executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held i n the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives i n the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern i s related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right t o inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained i n the office of the registrar and the placement office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed i n the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact thecenter for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application i s reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motiv a t i o n a l factors, a n d personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and e'mployment practices. A visit t o the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process for Freshmen 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 15 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses i n religious studies. Registered Nurse Students, seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must also complete the Department of Second Step Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent t o the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcriptsfrom all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4.. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them in the transition to college and to the United States. Admission is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships is available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student i s encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by April 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program i s offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also,it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 i s charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfuIly completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which i s required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the CollegeScholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1977-78, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $3,789,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study, Federally insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1979-80 are $3365 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board is $1620 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and parttime students. Up to $1600 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.1. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the n ~ r m afull-time l academic load. If the adjusted family inconk of the student i s less than $25,000 per year or if financial need i s established for those not i n this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest on the loan. Maximum loan i s $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever i s less and the aggregate maximum i s $7500. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $100 to $1100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Pro- gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota Statescholar- ship'Grant (Code 6500' receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsucce5sful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their: high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with Droven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. 5. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given t o those in music and/or elementary education. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. 6. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS 7. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. - Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. 8. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving student. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma JensenDickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually t o twodeserving junior/ senior students. - 4. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 9. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 10. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship -distributed annually t o needy and deserving students. - 11. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec orwashington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 12. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 t o be awarded to a Black student. 3. The M a r l y s Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually t o members of racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to a student(s) i n the senior class who i s preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of t h e American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically t o students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected o n the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship -awarded to oneor more upperclass students interested in the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded to .one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. CHEMISTRY Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 7. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. - 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minneapolis Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or thesciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. David and Michelle Christianson ~ ~ t scholarship h ~ - awarded ~ ~ to an able and deservingstudent inthe field of mathematics. - Winners selected by English MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. ENGLISH faculty. 2. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty. The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE -Winners selected by Library staff. MUSIC faculty. - Winners selected by Music 1. O.T. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship - awarded to asophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on thk basis of skilled performanceor aptitude in stringed instruments. 7, Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. 5' The leonard and Sylvia KuschelPHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." faculty. The Theodore ,. - icho~rs~ip awardedannually to an upperclass student majoring in SOCIOLOGY Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses The costs expressed herein are for the 1979-80 academic year, and are subject t o change without notice. TUITION Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin i s $5.00 per day. - $3,365 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects t o omit an interim or t o graduate in December, a refund i s not authorized. A part-time rate of $470 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing i s one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE An application fee of $10.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $125.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge i s $280.00. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Nursing Admission Test, $15 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition t o tuition are $130 a semester (14 lessons), or $9.30 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim); piano or voice, $20.00 ($6.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made i n the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,620. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year i s due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $3,365 No student i s permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,620 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - AII resident students: $100.00 advance deposit. Required at time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. Refunds A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five days of classes. 90% .from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division i s elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Duane lohnson Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, .German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 f o r Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 cours,es of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. (Except for elementary education and Second Step Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required.) 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishIll) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course i n the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of Ptoward graduation. For transfer students the maximum i s an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383, and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system; some others are graded only only P, 1.0, N. Eng. Ill i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I)may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an 1 grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o !ake courses without credit or grade may do so by register- ing for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude 3 . 8 - 4.0 grade Magnacumlaude 3.6 - 3.79 Cum laude 3.3 - average grade average 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. l ndependent Study Independent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed i s not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College i s approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consultwith the Officeof the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classifiedas full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. Grade reports are issued to students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersoris or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Classification . Sophomore.. . 7courses . I 4 grade pts. Junior . . . . . .16courses . . 3 2 grade pts. Senior.. . . . , .25courses . .50 grade pts. .. . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department Symbol #Consent of instructor Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1977-78 ................................................. 1,838 Summer Session, 1978 ..................................................... 478 Summary of Graduates .................................................... 6,991 .............................. 299 Graduates, 1870-1977 Graduates, 1978 (August 31, 1977-May 21, 1978) Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Crier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 237, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 247 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 720, 722, 123, 251 Education 478# Political Science 727, 722, 770,325,326, 370, 377, 427 Sociology 777, 373, 387,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer Schoolandat other colleges should-be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization t o be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject t o change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience i n urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year t o year. (Spring) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines t o the topic and practice i n the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open t o freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N I N AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies t o the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature i n area of student's choice. Consult with director t o determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118,221,223,225, and 250. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading t o w a r d appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) STUDIO ART 242 FILM M A K I N G 107 DRA'WING Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) Drawing i n pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 250 CERAMICS I 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o p a i n t i n g media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o the making - of .pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given t o black and white, and photographic processes. A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY An introduction t o the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS I1 Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING I1 223 PRINT M A K I N G I Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 718. Fall, Spring) Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 707. Offered alternate years. Fall, 7978) 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 478 SCULPTURE II Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 227. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 7979-80) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoricto modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered Summer, 7977, 7979-7980) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and archit e c t u r e t h r o u g h t h e 18th century. (Offered 7 935-75) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o modern times. (Spring, 7979, Alternate years) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicisp through the present. (Offered 7978-79) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7 980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART Early Christian through late Gothic and A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 7977 and alternate years) Biology Chairperson: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124,125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses i n earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 111,112and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation i n seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) 108 MICROBIOLOGY 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt t o answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 7-7/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 107 and 703. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 BIOLOGY AND SOCIEN What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must Basic microbial features are considered as well asapplications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 703. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS I N BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people ta-king the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needsand interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 717, Fall; 172, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as b i o l o g y majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 477 and 476. 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7978. Offered alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Fall, 7979. Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Spring) 473 A N I M A L PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chemistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722 or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes w h i c h occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well asdescriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology,genetics,and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR I N ACCOUNTING: Business Administration 101,102,131,261,263,379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and o n e additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers i n accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 i s recommended. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N FINANCE: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251, and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 i s strongly recommended) In addition, courses i n data processing and c o m p u t e r p r o gramming are strongly recommended. NOTE: The department i s currently planning to introduce a new major in marketing and a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Computer- aided Research Methods, lntroduction to Marketing, Managerial Economics, Managerial decisionmaking, Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Operations Research and Research Methods for Economics and Business. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified PublicAccountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major i n Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan to major in thedepartmerit are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible,in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRlNClPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 707, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I A, analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES dent the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS 483 AUDITING An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 701, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years.) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the stu- The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) ECONOMICS MAJORI N ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in applied economics and a new area of public policies studies. In addition to the courses listed below. the following courses are offered under the Rubric: 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Managerial Economics, Managerial Decision-Making, Mathematical Economics, History of EconomicThought, Intermediate Quantitative ~ e t h d d s , Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental m i c r o economic tools introduced t6 facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, eco- nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE An introduction to micro-economics.,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) - 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 723, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 723. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 722. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program w i l l afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: I 1courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it i s suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life' sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher in order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 103 and any one of Chem. 105, 106, 115, 116, 223, 357, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 7 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years o f #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES O F CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 705, Fall; 706, Spring) reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 706 o r 176, 357 Fall; 352, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL A N D QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry. Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace .analysis. (Prereq.: 706 or 776. Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC A N D BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Designed f o r non-chemistry majors, medical technologists, and others i n allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant t o a survey of biochemistry i s studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 onehour lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one o f Chem. 703,357, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 705 or 775. Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied i n the first semester. Applications of these concepts t o areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 727, 722; Mathematics 724, 725. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds i n the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,357 or #; some readingknowledge o f German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomicand molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety o f techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 7 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation t o solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 367 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniorsare expected t o participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited t o participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). East Asian S t u d i e s Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Components of the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses i n Japanese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. - Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. ?he courses, Orientatio" to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher-education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Steve Reuter, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Soc 231 Sociology of the Family Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music (1/2 course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (M course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h i d h e r life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 367, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (W course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483,484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select a situations for professional work experiA learning'Ontract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmentalcurriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements in a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access to computer.) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation 2. 3. 4. 5. course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of t.he Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359,478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) Education Department Licensure Program courses. GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing far licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTING (Secondary) EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsb u r g E d u c a t i o n p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (% course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255,256 or #. Fall, Spring) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 or #) Special Methods Courses (% to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods % course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) % course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods ?hcourse (Spring) 376. Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) -- 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized 359 REFERENCE SERV~CES IN THE research projects not otherwise provided LIBRARY for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined Study of basic information sources most which meets the of frequently used by studentsand librarians. faculty. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) LIBRARY SCIENCE 399 INTERNSHIP M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o do field work i n a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondaryschool level, with attention to their use inrelation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (% course) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Psychological and philosophical d i mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) Independent study and research o n some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniorsand seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student t o earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly.,A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course i n the English language. Courses in early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course i n public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School L i b r a r y : M a t e r i a l s Selection and Guidance. In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program to department chairperson early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration,and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition to Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses in writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 111 EFFECTIVE WRlTlNC The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in their course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 711, Fall, Spring) 226 CREATIVE WRITING The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 JOURNALISM An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets t o Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 7 980-87) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 7979-80). 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given t o the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 M O D E R N POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 7 979-80) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism,Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 7980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairpersons. Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and i t s emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 7980-87) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention t o the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Open t o junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Gunta Rozentals below their level may only do so for a grade of P/N. Students with previous language study should register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement i s made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useableskill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. See d e p a r t m e n t f a c u l t y f o r career information. Language majors and minors must consult with the department for limits o n nonAugsburg courses, and majors for midpoint evaluation after the third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking de.partmental honors must apply no later than early i n the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered i n conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one i n literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see lnterim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed t o introduce the student with no previous background in French t o the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught t o enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures: Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. Explores topics of current interest i n both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary enrichment, grammatical r e f i n e m e n t s , e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 7 979) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention t o grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 371 or#. Alternate years. Spring 7980) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other proseforms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f all majors. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or#. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual,social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements i n style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors (Prereq.: 377 or#. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German M A J O R : 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice i n speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation i n short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (177, Fall; 772, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (277, Fall; 272, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in termsof their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. 311 GERMAN CONVERSAT'ON AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice i n speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE l The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the- elements of' theory through reading, analyzing and discuss. Ing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings i n German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature i n i t s cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 377 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 CERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s considered in view of i t s roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. I n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980) I n c l u d e s l a t e r Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 371 or #.) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language, (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Coethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 377 or #.) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century t o the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #) literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (777, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 172 or #. Fall) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according t o foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Japanese Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) wegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 772 or equivalent. Spring) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring) Norwegian 312 OLD NORSE MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 311,331,353,411 plus required education courses, including special methods. Recommended supporting preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not reauired. Norwegian language minors wili have special assignments. ( O f f e r e d Spring 7 980) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Nor- This study o f Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work i n the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years.) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 o r #. Offered o n demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are i n Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 277 or equivalent. Spring 7987. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered i n conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses i n humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course (777, Fall; 772, Spring) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 772 or 2 years o f high school Spanish. 277, Fall; 272, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion i n English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis o n conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted i n Spanish. (On demand) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 317 or 272, with #. Spring 7980) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352,353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. 352, Fall, 7980; 353, Fall, 7979) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Spring 7980 and alternate years) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written re- ports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Richard Nelson M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four. areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: I n addition t o the regular history major a social science maior with historv, em~hasisis also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. . H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the13th century.(Fall,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as i s the period of the Cold War. (Fall 7980-87) 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the mergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Fall) 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1979-80) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES T O 1560 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be-announced prior t o registration. (Fall) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 7 980-87) 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division .. students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 412 PERIODS AND STUART A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. (Fall) 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. (Fall 7980-87) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire t o the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course i s designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be o n Western Asia. Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 7980-87) 463 MODERNSOUTHEAST A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 7979-80) 464 MODERN A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839. The erosion of China's i;olationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. (Fall) 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features o f t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 7980-87) 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring797980) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed independent study. A maxi- mum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and. human environment. (Temporarily cancelled. See History Department Chairman) MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee M A J O R : 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. , H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. ties in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequali- Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily f r o m the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure o f mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O M O D E R N ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa11) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 722 or 725. Spring, 7980. Offeredalternate years.) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling dis- tributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 374, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 7987. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 374, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between student and department. COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction to computer methods includingflowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER P R O G R A M M I N G An introduction t o computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i n machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 725 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language i n numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan t o affiliate. It i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Although it i s not recommended, Chemistry 223 may be taken instead of Chemistry 351-352. However, credit for both Biology 367 and Chemistry 223 is not given. If Chemistry 223 is taken, then the two required upper division biology courses may not include Biology 367. Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121,122); one math course. Students transferring t o Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons w h o already have t h e baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or CeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a widevariety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues i n the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Students are placed i n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues i n Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373GROWTHANDDEVELOPMENTOF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian u r b a n development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related t o subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program i s located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development i n the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures i n both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent study. 382 FIELD EXPERIENCE Structured field course focusing o n plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips t o other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to 383 FIELD SEMINAR: SAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major i n Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of thesophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform i n music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance.Studies; recital performance. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department o f Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DECREE: 13 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, two or 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need t o seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organizations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals i s required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration i s required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required t o pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring t o Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (707,223, Fall. 702,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H The Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, directors, and pre-theological stu- of music through the selected of great 'Omstudy posers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) dents. 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity t o apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. Works of 20th Century composers w i l l be chosen according t o instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that in-depth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard t o its significance and relationship t o the total output of that composer. (Prereq.: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental en~wnbles.(Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years.) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 P I A N O TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons t o child r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) M U S l C THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background i n the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S l C O N BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM I N MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. RECITALS, LESSONS, ORGANIZATIONS PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Normally, membership i s reserved for full-time students. Membership for the full year i s required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. Choir Membership by audition. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra. Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. N a t u r a l Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-72 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Physical Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, grades 7-72 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-72 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-72 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES - 7 COURSES Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111,112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group V Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses - In order to make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - c6mparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather (the alternative course not taken in the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION WITH MINOR Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology in addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation in chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. - Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers a second-step, upper division major in nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission t o the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition; and i n t r o d u c t o r y courses i n psychology and sociology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses must be taken prior t o admission into the nursing major. CLEP examinations may be taken to validate credits. I n addition, each applicant to the nursing major must successfully complete theoretical and clinical testing prior t o acceptance into the major. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing within the past five years, must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the major. A course in organic chemistry is also required for the major. Students must take this course at Augsburg by the end of the first year. MAJOR:11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 (Interpersonal Communications) i s highly recommended. The r e q u i r e d courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. A 2.5 overall GPA in the nursing courses i s required. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I This course is designed t o explore the contemporary role of the nurse as a client educator. Content on learning theories, assessment, planning, communicating via negotiated objectives, matching methodology and evaluation techniques within an experiential setting as presented. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major. 1/2 course credit.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II Through lecture-discussions, the class will explore factors affecting one's influence with individuals. Students will explore their own leadership style as it relates t o the professional nurse's role and the theory of planned change. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.. 303. 1/2 course credit.) 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Through a lecture-discussion format, the class develops a holistic health framework within a family and community context. Factors such as cultural values, environment, change, epidemiology, and social trends are considered, as they relate t o the individual's perception and state of health. (Fall-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Clinical application of health concepts. Students participate i n negotiated health intervention and facilitation within a selected community setting. (Springjunior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT The professional nurse's role as advocate and facilitator i s strengthened via the use of a systematic process of assessment and planning, intervention, and evaluation. This negotiated process isexplored within a developmental frame of reference with application t o the adult individual. (Falljunior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH The research process and methodologies appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics and nursing research i n nursing studies are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design individual research projects. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill This course will explore the process of negotiating with individuals and groups to identify learning needs and goals. We will experience a variety of teaching methods as we integrate therapeutic communication techniques w i t h t h e teaching process. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,310,317,325,350. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 423.) 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I V This is a nursing synthesis seminar course dealing with the integration of a professional role and the utilization of professional nursing tools, such as effective communication techniques, in facilitating complex group or family interaction. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 303,304,370, 317, 325, 350, 403, 423, 430. To be taken prior to or concurrent with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP I The preceptorship practicum is a flexible approach t o learning and allows the student an opportunity t o explore a chosen area of study i n a selected practice setting. This approach allows opportunity to practice self-objectives, select learning expe. riences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor(s), faculty, agencies, and clients i n initiating complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 303, 304, 310, 322, 325, 350. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 403.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP II This course builds upon the knowledge and skills obtained i n Contemporary Nursing IV. Applies leadership skills to groups. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken after or concurrent with Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES I N NURSING A course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendationswill be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What i s the relation between faith and reason?Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does?Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 1 9 f H CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis-ofphilosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Neitzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science?These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. - 370 EXISTENTIALISM 440 THEORY O F BEING Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course i n philosophy) Being i s the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq.: one prior course i n philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care f o r t h e dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G MAJOR: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 495, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M A J O R WITI.. SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232, or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major meets t h e coaching requirement. Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHYMS 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT (See Health Education) Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (1/2 course. Interim) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 234 OUTDOOR EDUCATION 373 MODERN DANCE This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,. outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (I/. course. Spring) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (1/2 course. Fall) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD (See Health Education) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHL n I C INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL %course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular reeducation. (Prereq.: 350, 357; H.Ed. 354 Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,492, andapproval of department.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 110,114,115,320,354,355,310; Biol. 103, 108, 111; Chem. 103 or 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241; Educ. sequence for teaching license. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; SOC. 231 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATlON 1/2 course 1 1 0 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM 114 SAFETY EDUCATION 1/2 course Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units i n nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVIS I O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/z course Survey of basic statistical procedures and Historical background, legal bases,school health services, and relationships to community he:<lth program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics 121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY O F PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open t o all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership i n the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall; Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only t o illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed t o serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) transistors and integrated circuits, with applications to both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722 o r 703 plus Mathematics 722 or 125 and consent o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 722. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, 11 A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken i n sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 724 or concurrent registration. 727, Fall; 722, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis i s on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing solid state devices. The study of diodes, 351,352 MECHANICS I, I1 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 722; Mathematics 226. 357, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing o r consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas.* HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis t o be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Ad- viser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. For precise listing of terms in which courses are o f f e r e d , see t h e Class Schedule. 1. AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN COVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues i n American society. 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential election3 (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 727 or #. Fall term o f election years.) 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic t o be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN W O R L D POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics i n the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 459 TOPICS IN ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 770 or #. Offered alternate years.) V. POLITICAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES deration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine.(Prereq.: 758or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 758 and two upper division courses, or #.) (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL T H O U G H T A study of influential political philosophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered o n demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 399 INTERNSHIP Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consi- Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson MAJOR: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265,381, or 399, and 493. Physics 103 i s also required. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 in the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan i s directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 264, 265 RESEARCH METHOD: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, & ANALYSIS I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation i s human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) - 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 A N I M A L BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior. Emphasis i s placed on studying animals and human beings in their natural habitats and upon understanding behavior patterns which have been produced through interaction with the environment. Major topics include: behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and human beings. (Prereq. 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 705) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY I N HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) 399 INTERNSHIP 490 CURRENT TOPICS I N PSYCHOLOGY Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #). 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. MAJOR: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 356, Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe 360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time grant licensure for a Religion major or minor. teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implicationswill be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy 353 D E N O M I N A T I O N S A N D SECTS IN AMERICA A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LIFE A N D W O R K O F THE C H U R C H Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7979-80) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious cornrnunities. 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. 361 C H U R C H FATHERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA 475 JUDAISM A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. TheJewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, .literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Offered 7 979-80) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 495 SEMINAR The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 7980-87) Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) -. Russian Area Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. I n addition t o providinga good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. The Major consists of 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course in Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course in Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. A minor is presently under consideration. F o r i n f o r m a t i o n , p l e a s e see t h e coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred )oel 255,355 O I L A N D NORWAY: M U T U A L IMPACT MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed i n the Augsburg College catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses t a u g h t by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. See, Norwegian courses listed under Department of Foreign Languages. An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics and economy of Norway and, conversely,- of Norwegian political perspectives and institutions, upon the development and use of this recently discovered resource. (Interim, 7980) 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. 331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT I N AMERICAN HISTORY How did the O l d Stock American host society receive the waves of newcomers to the U.S. i n the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the immigrants respond t o the reception? Through case studies, selected readings, class lecture, and discussions, this course examines the encounter of the new American culture with the older European cultures. 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience i n the Midwest with emphasis on M i n nesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given t o the Danish and Icelandic communities i n Minnesota. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7981) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge o f a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1980) 360 EDDA AND SAGA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in O l d Norse, Norse mythology and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are d o n e i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered on demand) 364 NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN CHURCH LIFE Offered under Department of Religion. (1980-81) 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies. 482 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See description under Department of Music. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Department of History. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July 1, 1979 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Department of Education for further details. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology, economics, sociology, psychology. B. Behavioral Science Emphasis 14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, psychology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5 courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the following: (1) at lea~t2coursesfrom each of the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history. (2) 1course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365. (3) 1 course in American history. \ A. History Emphasis 7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of these courses must be upper division. 2 courses in political science, 1 course in the methodology of the , C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis Hist. 103 - The Modern World 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 12 courses in non-western studies; selected from the following, with at least four disciplines represented. Hist. 104, 440, 463, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Econ. 122, 258 Sociology 241 Religion 356 Philosophy 355 D. International Relations Emphasis (1) Required: lower division Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104; Econ. 122 4th term of college work in a modern foreign language. (2) Required: upper division Pol. Sci. 363, 461; Hist. 332. (3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this list. No more than five from any one discipline. Pol. Sci. 351,351,380,381,382; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Hist. 416,440,463,564,465,474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Sociology 241 4th term of college work i n a second modern foreign language. Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from each of five disciplines, selected from the f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The selection of courses must be approved by one of the faculty supervising the social science major. Social Work Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as t o sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR LEADING TO A BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DECREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student does not plan t o pursue a professional social work career. Core program consists of Psych. 105*, Psych. 351* and 352*, Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 723, Pol.Sci.727, 325,326, Biology 707 or 105, Psych.367 and 362, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are t o be completed before the beginning of the senior year. M A J O R LEADING T O A BACHELOR O F ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the B.A. program unless the student does not plan to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same program as specified for the B.S. except that Social Work 461, 462, 463, 464, 466, 467, are not required. S P E C I A L I Z A T I O N S : Specializations i n Aging, C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y ( b y arrangement with Metropolitan Community College), Crime and Corrections and Youth are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, disfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in the senior year. A Human Services Management specialization is also available. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 P R A C T I C U M IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open t o all students. (Interim) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned t o address needs of olde,r population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior. Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory t o the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, i t s ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: lunior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social Work practice with indi- viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, lunior. Spring) 364 FIELD WORK I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and364, or#. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2 ) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K II A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 367, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 367, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD W O R K Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (1/2 course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resourcedevelopmentwill be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit. Interim) Sociology Chairperson: C. Nelson M A J O R IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375 and 485. (Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology.) This recommendation i s made i n the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety o f learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S M A J O R : The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted t o a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to i t s institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms and sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of k n o w l e d g e b y way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 727 and Psych. 705. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related t o shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 711 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY CROUP RELATIONS 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 127, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power i n the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 727 or #. Fall) Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq.: 727 and permission o f instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication and Theater A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early i n the,senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225, or 226, or 227. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 111 or 241, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson o r t h e O f f i c e o f Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology I21 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation i n forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation i n forensics. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY 353 ADVERTISING See under Department of Art An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: ]r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 225,230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, I1 See under Department of Art 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. (Spring) See under Department of English 242 FILM-MAKING See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) 355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Consult the Department Chairperson for details. See under Department of Political Science. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Physical and psychologicalfactors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) 352 PERSUASION 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. A. Acting Emphasis: 111, 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, plus a course in advanced acting and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. 0. Directing Emphasis: 111,116,228,229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 unitsof acting, 2of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. C. Design Emphasis: 111, 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS MAJORFORTEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MINOR FORTEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 365. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen or sophomore years. Lab fee. (Offered alternate years.) 229 STAGE DESIGN I 366 STAGE DIRECTION I lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterizationto a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 367 STAGE DIRECTION II In-depth analysis and practice in directingtypes of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 399 Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 361 THEATER HISTORY 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION II Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered alternate years.) Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Offered alternate years.) 429 STAGE DESIGN I1 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Offered alternate years.) Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students t o respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior t o the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available i n the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARDOFREGENTS* Mr. Ernest A. Alne C.P.A. Pasadena, California Mr. Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Mr. Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Mrs. Norma Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Paul W. Kraemer President and Chief Executive Officer Minnesota Gas Comaanv , , Minneapolis, Minnesota Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Clayton L. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Mr. john Lienemann President Estate and Business Planning Consultants Edina, Minnesota Mr. James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee *as of September, 1978 Dr. Harold I.Lunde Vice President, Planning and Research The May Department Stores Company St. Louis, Missouri Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Mr. Donald C. Padilla Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. George T. Pennock Chairman of the Board Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, Jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Facilities Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman, Nominating Committee Mr. Martin 0. Sabo Speaker, Minnesota House of Representatives St. Paul, Minnesota Mr. Bertil Sandberg President N.H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota Rev. Paul C. Sonnack Professor, Church History Luther Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota Mr. N. Stanley Stake Vice President and General Manager Commercial Division Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. Clair E. Strommen General Agent Strommen & Associates, Inc. of Central Life Assurance Co. St. Paul, Minnesota Vice Chairman Mrs. Mary Lou Williams Minneapolis, Minnesota Mr. John R. Winsor Executive Vice President Piper, Jaffray & H o p w o o d Incorporated Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDEREGG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson K E N N n H C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence in Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence i n Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor i n Economics, M.S. University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University o f California Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AlLENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University *LIV DAHL, Instructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIC, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B. 1. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University o f Wisconsin, Department Chairperson HENRY C. FOLLINCSTAD, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *MICHAEL H. FOOTE, lnstructor i n English, Ph.D. 1977, University of California - Santa Barbara BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMETZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. CABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY CERASIMO, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE CISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota *BONNIE Z. GOLDSMITH, Lecturer i n English, Ph.D. 1978, O h i o State University *STEPHEN 1. C O R D O N , Lecturer i n Speech and Communications ROBERTCRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *BRIAN CRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) * J O H N GRYCELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. CUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University o f Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University M l L D A K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor o f Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer i n Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERC, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson' CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota, O n Leave 1978-79 I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL,Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958,Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Pyschology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNEKARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia MARY MARIE KINCSLEY, ASsistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970 University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University *ERIK KODNER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (French Horn) BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University o f Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1971, Augsburg College (Brass) *JAY G. LINDGREN, Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology, M.S.W. 1967, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967,Universityof Nebraska ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota JOHNR. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) 1. ELIZABnH MOORE, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1975, University of Minnesota JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor i n Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota WILLIAM PAUL M U L D O O N , lnstructor in Chemistry, B.S. 1972, Massachusetts School of Pharmacy SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach G O R D O N 1. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, PI1.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERG, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURElTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor i n Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE 1. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) Q MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor i n Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus and Director of the Augsburg Choir, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College EDWlN J. SAUCESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota *R. J O H N SINGH, lnstructor i n Philosophy, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music, B.M. 1975,Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Organ) *GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass) *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965,University of Colorado *LORI STURDEVANT, Lecturer in English GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of ~ebraska,Department Chairperson *MARY T. SWANSON, lnstructor in Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, lnstructor in Music, M.S. 1978,Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D.1959, University of Minnesota *PAUL WALTON, Artist in Residence i n Music (Tuba) *MARY JOWAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University DAVID C. WOOD, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ..............................................Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ....................... .Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. ...... .Avalon Okerson FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management .............Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services and Purchasing ............... .Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Director of Auxiliary Services.. ..........................Douglas P. Wasko Manager, Book Store and Vending ......................Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ....................Herald Johnson Director of Personnel. ................................. .Charles Gerster Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor.. ................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Dennis Easley Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ............................... ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ......................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker Registrar ............................................. .Beverly Wegge Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ..................Louise McColl Coordinator of Black Student Affairs.. ...................Ralph Crowder Counselor/Advocate, Native American Studies ...........Bonnie Wallace Recorder ..............................................Elizabeth DeaKyne Assistant Registrar ......................................Pamela Louisa Executive Secretary to the Dean ........................ .Roberta Henke DEVELOPMENT .Glen W. Johnson Vice President for Development .Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. .Michael Walgren Asst. to the Vice-president ............................. .A. B. Batalden. Director of Alumni and Parents Program .Jeroy Carlson Executive Secretary .....................................Irene Steenson ........................ .......................... ............................. ................ - PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations .............................Anthony C. Boatman Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information ..... .Patricia G. Mattos Fine Arts Coordinator ..................................Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions ................................ Assistant Director Director of Transfer Programs Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor ................................. Admissions Counselor ................................. .David Benzel ..................................... Kathryn Lange ......................... .Jennifer Edwins ................................. .William Ross .Anthony Harris .Susan M. Bonner STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs.. ..................... .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life.. .............................. .Linda Schrempp Director of Career Planning and Placement .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, Mortensen ............................. .Cindi Anderson Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Head Resident, Urness.. ............................... .Cindy Ragan ............. Index . . ............................................................. Academic Administration 45 Academic Life 14 Accreditation 7 Administration 151 Admission t o the College 29 Advanced Placement 32 Advanced Standing 32 American Studies 54 Anthropology .............................. 133 Art, Department of 55 Biology. Department of 58 Board of Regents 141 Business Administration 61 Calendar 155 Campus Map ........................................................................ 70 Chemistry, Department of 66 Chinese 82 Classification ........................................................................52 Communications 736 Computer Science 96 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 19 Continuing Education 21 Corrective Therapy .............................................................. 19. 710 Costs ............................................................................... 42 Course Descriptions 54 Course Value 52 Credit by Examination ................................................................ 52 Dean's List 50 Degrees 22 Divisional Organization 45 Costs 42 East Asian Studies 70 Economics 61 Education, Department of 73 Engineering 19, 77 English, Department of 77 Enrollment .......................................................................... 53 Expenses .......................................................................... 42 Faculty ............................................................................. 142 Financial Aid 27,33 Five College Cooperative ............................................................. 18 Food Service 28 French ............................................................................... 62 Foreign Language, Department of 81 Full-Time Student Defined ............................................................ 52 General Education Requirements 15.46 Geography 94 German 85 Glossary of terms ..................................................................... 4 Grading 48 Graduates, Summary of 53 Graduation Requirements 46 Graduation With Distinction .......................................................... 50 Greek 87 Health Education 110 Health Service ....................................................................... 27 History of Augsburg College ........................................................... 6 ....................................................................... ......................................................................... ..................................................................... ............................................................. ................................................................. .................................................................. .................................................................... ........................................ .................................................................. .............................................................. ................................................................... .............................................................. .......................................................................... ............................................................ ............................................................................. .................................................................... ................................................................... .............................................. ................................................................ ................................................................. ........................................................................ .......................................................................... ............................................................................. .............................................................. ............................................................................... .................................................................... .......................................................................... ............................................................ ...................................................................... ............................................................... ..................................................................... ........................................................................ ..................................................... .................................................. .......................................................................... ............................................................................. ............................................................................. .............................................................. ............................................................ .............................................................................. ................................................................... ............................................................... ..................................................................... ............................................................................ .................................................................. ........................................................... .............................................................. .................................................................. ............................................................................ .... ...................................... ............................................................................. .............................................................................. ......................................................... ........................................... ................................................................ .................................................... ............................................................ ......................................................... .......................................................................... ............................................................... ............................................................ .......................................................... .................................................................. ........................................................................ .............................................................. ..................................................... .............................................................. ....................................................................... ......................................................................... ............................................................. ........................................................................ ................................................................ ........................................................... H.istory. Department of 91 Honors Program 22 25 Housing 50 Independent Study 18 Inter-Institutional Programs 24 Intercollegiate Athletics 22 Internship Program 87 Japanese 136 Journalism ......................................................................... 76 Library Science ................... 6 Location Majors 15 94 Mathematics, Department of 19, 96 Medical Technology .............................................................. .... 97 Metro-Urban Studies ............. 99 Music, Department of 103 MusicTherapy ..................................................................... 6 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg 104 Natural Science ..................................................................... 22 New Dimensions Program 7 Non-Discrimination Statement 88 Norwegian 53 Numbering of Courses 106 Nursing ............................................................................ 151 Personnel of the College 15 Pre-Professional Training ............................................................. 108 Philosophy, Department of 110 Physical Education 12 Physical Plant 115 Physics, Department of 117 Political Science, Department of 47 Probation and Dismissal Psychology, Department of .......................................................... 121 43 Refunds 47 Registration 124 Religion, Department of 23 Religious Life 127 Russian Area Studies 127 Scandinavian Area Studies 129 Social Science Majors ............................................................... 130 Social Work, Department of ......................................................... 133 Sociology, Department of 89 Spanish ...................................................................... 136 Speech, .Department of 23 Student Life ......................................................................... 28 Student Rights 24 Student Services 21 Summer School 20 Study Abroad Symbol (#) 53 136 Theater Arts 140 Transdisciplinary Major 30 Transferto Augsburg 42 Tuition and Fees ..................................................................... 50 Veterans 7 Visting the Campus ........................................................... ............................................................ ...................................................................... ..................................................................... ...................................................................... ....................................................................... .......................................................................... ........................................................................ .............................................................. ................................................................. ............................................................................ ................................................................... Academic Calendar For 1979-80 (Tentative: Subject t o Change) Fall Semester 1979 Sept. 4-5 Sept. 6 Sept. 19 Oct. 22 Nov. 21 Nov. 21 NOV.22-25 Nov. 26 Dec. 12 Dec. 14-18 Dec. 19-Jan. 2 Registration and Welcome days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Christmas Holidays Interim 1980 Jan. 3 Jan. 30 Feb. 6 lnterim Begins lnterim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1980 Feb. 7 Feb. 20 Mar. 28 Mar. 29-Apr. 6 Apr. 7 Apr. 25 May 16 May 19-22 May 25 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1972-1973
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Facu...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4, THE COLLEGE . . . Location . . . History . . . Nature . . . A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . Identification and Objectives V i s i t i n g t h e Campus PAGE 8, ACADEMIC L I F E ... ... ... ... ... The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Requirements Majors Pre-Professional T r a i n i n g I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs International Study Honors Program Degrees ... ... ... PAGE 13. STUDENT L I F E ... ... ... ... ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l Recreation Intercollegiate Athletics Religious L i f e Student Services Housing Food S e r v i c e ... PAGE 16, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE ... ... The Application Process Transfer Early Early Admission Advanced Placement Decision : Advanced Standing ... .. ... PAGE 18, EXPENSES AND F I N A N C I A L A I D ... Expenses 1972-73 Cost Summary Settlement o f Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . . . . Financial Aid PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... Graduation Requirements Division Organization Registration Probation and Dismissal Credit Grading by Examination ... ... ... PAGE 27. COURSE OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 78, PERSONNEL PAGE 79, INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s b e e n w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer most o f t h e q u e s t i o n s which might be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . Although a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t t h e time o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change without n o t i c e . Introduction There a r e very few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy o f t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one o f t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you b o t h . The small c o l l e g e atmosphere enables you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y of events and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , films, and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a t h l e t i c s . Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t of t h e campus. The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s a s s i s t s i n planning d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . You, t h e s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. You design your own l e a r n i n g experience. While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and major requirements a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , t h e r e i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o design much o f your own education. A t Augsburg, t h e innovative and experimental as well a s th'e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The c o l l e g e follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4." In t h e s t u d y o f t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l encounter i d e a s and experiences from t h e whole range o f human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s education, however, i s more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg Yecognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s n e c e s s a r y i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of c a r e e r p o s s i b i l i t i e s . Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e Twin C i t i e s o f Minneapolis and S t . Paul. In t h i s metropolitan s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of resources and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your education. You may choose an evening a t t h e T y ~ o n eGuthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t some o f t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a concert by t h e Minnesota Orchestra a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one o f t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, and t h e North S t a r s . Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a capable and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , an e a g e r s t u d e n t body, and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s college a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated i t s centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f C h r i s t i a n h i g h e r education. The c u r r e n t student body o f 1500 i s l a r g e l y of Lutheran background though many denominations a r e represented on campus. About 60% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan a r e a . Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburgls l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . Excellent a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of Arts, t h e Walker A r t Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and o t h e r a r e a performing organizations a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music of many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing a r t i s t s . A v a r i e t y o f dramatic and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log Theater, and t h e S t . Paul Civic Opera Company. Recreational a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t parks n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one o f t h e many a r e a l a k e s . In t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . Professional s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s is easy. Several major a i r l i n e s provide d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l Airport. Bus connections can be made from a l l areas of t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t of downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e southern border o f t h e campus. (Directions a r e given opposite page 7) History Augsburg was t h e first seminary founded by Norwegian ~ u t h e r a n si n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburgls home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t college graduation was h e l d i n 1879. 4 Nature a n d Objectives Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e context o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e following primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o expose s t u d e n t s t o a wide v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , while a s s i s t i n g them t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one a r e a o r major. t o h e l p s t u d e n t s understand t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o t h e contemporary world. t o develop s t u d e n t s 1 love o f l e a r n i n g and t h e i r f a c u l t i e s o f reason, c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic e x c e l l e n c e . t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s understanding of t h e urban environment and c u l t u r e , and t o enable them t o gain t h e s k i l l s needed t o respond c r e a t i v e l y t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f t h e modern city. t o encourage s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n t h e i r i n t e r e s t s and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d them i n d i s c o v e r i n g t h e occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them. t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , emotional, and s p i r i t u a l growth; t o encourage them t o develop a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r compatible with t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . L The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged with t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary, S t . Paul Minnesota, t h a t same year. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation o f Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society T h e Campus Augsburgls compact campus i s located i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e first of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City o f Lakes." The college c u r r e n t l y has 13 major b u i l d i n g s with a number o f c o t t a g e housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University o f Minnesota and two of t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose o f t h e campus v i s i t i s t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , f i r s t h a n d , about t h e college program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, p a r e n t s , and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process of s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e n o t mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked t o w r i t e f o r an appointment or c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181). P r e f e r r e d times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n session. School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e college. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 6 CAMPUS GUIDE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 1 1. 12. t 3. 14. 15. 16. West Hall George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main Urness Tower Residence for Women The College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall The Quadrangle Murphy Square The Art Studio Organ Studio The Music Building Si Melby Hall Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall Speech and Drama Building East Hall l r r . ~ s , . F~I ~ J ~ I ~ + ) Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your Here you w i l l i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e is no singl.e'"mbld. d i s c o v e r t h e world while prep*ng f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d o u t who you a r e . Augsburgls goal as a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly and p r e p a r e them f o r competency i n t h e modern g o r l d . _LX .@ .a. The 4-12a Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an arena of l e a r n i n g . C r e a t i v e e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e g e n e r a l academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n o f a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e s t u d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s of a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburg's f a c u l t y o f n e a r l y 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 15.7 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l c l i m a t e , r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having c o f f e e . General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s , b u t a s a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course o f s t u d y (many of them would be chosen even if t h e y weren't r e q u i r e d ) . In g e n e r a l , t h e s e courses, w i t h choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well as p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Pre- Professional Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology Physical Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Welfare Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Training Students who plan t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f study a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope o f courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i l l provide t h e necessary p r e p a r a t i o n f o r f u t u r e p r o f e s s i o n a l study. Inter - Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. S T . PAUL EXCHANGE. Students a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without additional f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new perspectives, t o get b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r schools, o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s not o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e colleges have coordinated 4-1-4 calendars, t h e interim term may a l s o be taken on another campus. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed of 1 2 colleges and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s include innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research p r o j e c t s , j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development of programs consistent with t h e needs and resources of t h e community organizations of t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e Junior College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment of a four-year program i n sociology o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program is designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses . CO-LEARNING CLASSES. Co-learning classes b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and students a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n centers. A l l take courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such places as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e Prison, S t . P e t e r Security Hospital, and T r e v i l l a of Robbins dale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n center. The courses offered a r e from several college departments, and t h e response of students involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely favorable. The purpose of t h e course is t o get a f i r s t - h a n d view of t h e prisons and h o s p i t a l s and personalize t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each year t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o help pay f o r inmates matriculation i n these co- learning courses . SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t of Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two sessions ( s i x and f o u r weeks) a r e offered t o permit students t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL DATA INSTITUTE (CDI ) . Augsburg and CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r t h e equivalent o f t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools o f Nursing should be made t o t h e h o s p i t a l s d i r e c t l y . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with t h e Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e years of t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one o f t h e t h r e e h o s p i t a l s . CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n Corrective Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2 . 0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence o f courses . International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . . Augsburg STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN) This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN -program. University o f Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal study i n one o f t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g o f t h e sophomore year. The SPAN program c o n s i s t s of t h r e e s t a g e s : language study and group meetings during t h e school y e a r before departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g o f a paper upon r e t u r n . SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend t h e i r sophomore o r junior year i n studv a t a number of Euro~eaneducational i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The LJniv&sity of Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In addition t o these programs, t h e r e a r e l i t e r a l l y hundreds o f opportunities f o r study a l l over t h e world, and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg students may arrange t o take p a r t i n approved programs by making application through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This-type of study must be approved before departure by one's f a c u l t y adviser f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied t o t h e student's graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , as elements of t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some of t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e a r e hundreds of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e interim i s planned f o r each year. See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg Interim Catalog. For information on programs available through o t h e r colleges, contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated s e c t i o n s a r e available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars a r e offered each term. Several departments of t h e college o f f e r programs through which t h e student can earn honors i n t h e major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s a v a i l a b l e throughout t h e college. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements a r e modified as necessary t o meet t h e s t u d e n t ' s needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on t h e honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s t h e Bachelor of A r t s (B.A.) degree. I t i s expected t h a t i n t h e f a l l of 1972 Augsburg w i l l inaugurate a program leading t o t h e degree of Bachelor o f Music. 12 Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e one major i n f l u e n c e i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t student o r commuter, y o u l l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and C u l t u r a l Throughout t h e y e a r , a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus a s well a s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l dinners, b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The c o l l e g e c e n t e r i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e c o l l e g e newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e yearbook, t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many of t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e many o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and o f f campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An intramural program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y o f team s p o r t s a s well as i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg i s a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Both t h e b a s k e t b a l l team and t h e hockey squad took p a r t i n post season competition l a s t season. The pucksters f i n i s h e d t h i r d i n t h e NAIA tournament. This y e a r ' s w r e s t l i n g team n a t i o n a l tournament i n Oregon. t h e 150# n a t i o n a l championship. Johnson, f i n i s h e d t h i r d f o r t h e f i n i s h e d t e n t h i n t h e NAIA S e n i o r co-captain Pat Marcy won The o t h e r co-captain, s e n i o r Ron second time i n h i s c a r e e r . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Commission on Religious A c t i v i t i e s , chaired by a student and composed of s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through discussion and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d four times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and s t a f f a t t e n d voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f o f t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on questions o f academic procedure, personal, academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, student l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r and p r o f e s s i o n a l planning. A l l members of t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s of academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h close working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r adviser. The f a c u l t y takes both a s c h o l a s t i c and personal i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g conditions, a v a r i e t y of housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program is designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group decision making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g as well as discuss t h e personal concerns of individual students . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s t h e Urness Tower. This eleven-story high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y a r e a s . Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memori a1 Hal 1 which houses about 65 upperclass men and women and provides some f a c u l t y and administrative offices. West Hal 1 , an apartment b u i l d i n g purchased s h o r t l y a f t e r it was e r e c t e d , which houses 38 upperclass women s t u d e n t s . S i vertsen-Mortensen Hal 1 i n c o r p o r a t e s a b u i l d i n g donated t o t h e c o l l e g e i n 1939 and a l a r g e r a d d i t i o n e r e c t e d i n 1955. The b u i l d i n g provides housing f o r about 144 men s t u d e n t s a s w e l l as apartments f o r t h e head r e s i d e n t . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex housing u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r men o r women s t u d e n t s , married s t u d e n t s , and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores n o t l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s are a v a i l a b l e i n each r e s i d e n c e . An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school year. A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. S t u d e n t s who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t t h e beginning o f each school y e a r . The f e e i s refunded a t t h e end o f t h e y e a r i f t h e c o n d i t i o n of t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s r e t u r n e d . Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e xop f l o o r o f t h e College Center, i s t h e main f o o d s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This p l e a s a n t room f e a t u r e s small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks t h e College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The p o r t i o n s a r e generous and modestly p r i c e d . A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, l o c a t e d on t h e ground f l o o r o f t h e Center, f e a t u r e s s h o r t o r d e r s and i s open through t h e noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y o f board plan o p t i o n s f o r t h o s e l i v i n g i n c o l l e g e houses o r nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College i s an easy procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s c a r e f u l l y examined by t h e Admissions Office and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n college a s shown by c o l l e g e entrance examinations, o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons without regard t o r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , sex, o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , equal opportunity f o r employment and equal opportunity t o b e n e f i t from i t s education programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . A v i s i t t o t h e campus i s h i g h l y recommended, and admission counselors a r e always a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you and answer your questions. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2 . Request your school t o send a t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a t e s t complete semester t o t h e Admissions Office, Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The c o l l e g e recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t 6 examination a s e a r l y as p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can l e t you know when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4 . When an a p p l i c a n t r e c e i v e s an o f f e r o f admission he should r e t u r n a $50.00 d e p o s i t . This d e p o s i t , due A p r i l 1, i s non-refundable and i s c r e d i t e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s f i r s t t u i t i o n charge. 5. A f t e r t h e deposit has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete t h e medical h i s t o r y form. 6. Room assignments f o r t h o s e who wish t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e : on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o l l e g e r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where it considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken i n unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade p o i n t average f o r graduation is based on work taken a t Augs burg. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r first c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r o f admission i f it i s extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n is based upon t h e academic record through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Ad mission An Early Admission program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few h i g h school j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a high academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope w i t h a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high s c h o o l . Also, it i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March o f h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advance Placement Advanced placement i s granted t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s of work taken i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may b e determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length o f t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Advance Standing College c r e d i t i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinat i o n s o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. 17 Expenses and Financial Aid Expenses TUITION - $1750.00 This f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. Students a r e considered f u l l time when they take t h r e e o r more courses during t h e semester terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 calendar, t h e student must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e semester periods. Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $975.00. Tuition f o r t h e remaining semester i s $775.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a refund i s not authorized. A part-time r a t e o f $250 -00 a course i s charged t h e student t a k i n g l e s s than t h r e e courses i n a semester o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. For part-time s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $125.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE General f e e f o r a l l f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s i s $150.00 payable with t u i t i o n : .. . 4-1 ( o r 1-4) . .$85 -00 Balance o f y e a r . . 65.00 (Applies t o Student Government c o s t s , admission t o organized a c t i v i t i e s on campus of a t h l e t i c s , band, choral, and drama events and support o f College Center programs and o t h e r s e r v i c e s . Part-time s t u d e n t s a r e charged on a proportionate b a s i s of $20 a course.) Application f e e , $10.00 is required from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15 -00. R e g i s t r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. Seniors e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. They a r e charged t h e General Fee o f $150.00 b u t no t u i t i o n . Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s b e g i n i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer S c i e n c e , $25.00 Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement o f Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $77.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $5.50 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one h o u r a day: organ, $20 .OO ($5 .OO an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an interim). OTHER COSTS T r a n s c r i p t f e e : f i r s t copy f r e e , a d d i t i o n a l copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter s t u d e n t s : $2.00 o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations a r e made i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e , w i t h charges a c c o r d i n g t o t h e s c h e d u l e on f i l e . Books and s u p p l i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e from t h e Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM - $987.00 t o $1,050.00 Men: $1,020.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,050.00 f o r f u l l board. (Five month b i l l i n g , $570.00 and $596.00) Women: $987.00 f o r p a r t i a l ; $1,017.00 f o r f u l l board. ( F i v e month b i l l i n g , $550.00 and $565.00) A f u l l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 21 meals a week, w h i l e a p a k t i a l board p l a n p r o v i d e s 14 meals a week (excludes b r e a k f a s t ) . A v a i l a b l e t o commuters i s a noon meal o n l y p l a n , Monday through F r i d a y . Board and room a r e on a five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d w i t h t u i t i o n . Linen s e r v i c e a v a i l a b l e i n r e s i d e n c e h a l l s c o s t s approximately $30.00 p e r y e a r . 1 9 7 2 - 7 3 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,750.00 A p p l i c a t i o n Fee Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o the t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) Board and Room Breakage Deposit . . . . . . . . .$987.00 - ............$ 1,050.00 25.00 (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg. ) Deposits . TUITION DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50 .OO (not refundable) Required of s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by April 1, 1972 (payment i s due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment i s applied t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time o f s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, 1972, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , . $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r discontinuing education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decided t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule : 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s , 80% d u r i n g t h e b a l a n c e of f i r s t week o f c l a s s e s . 70% d u r i n g t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% d u r i n g t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% d u r i n g t h e f o u r t h week o f c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance is given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. I f a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o c a n c e l h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s d u r i n g t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e term, t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students required t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l receive a f u l l r e f u n d o f t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e r e f u n d on room c h a r g e s . In a l l c a s e s , board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Financial Aid About 65% o f a 1 1 Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , l o a n s , campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . A s s i s t a n c e i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f need and academic r e c o r d . Appl.ication f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s ' C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg A p p l i c a t i o n f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1971-72, approximately 900 o f t h e 1500 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $5 75,000 (240 freshmen r e c e i v e d more t h a n $200,000) and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $330,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e f o l l o w i n g f e d e r a l programs: Educational Opportunity Grant, National Defense S t u d e n t Loan, College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y I n s u r e d Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The d e a d l i n e f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s March 15. For i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aids O f f i c e a t Augsburg ~ ol elg e . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o plan t h e i r own course of study with t h e help of f a c u l t y advisers who a r e r e a d i l y available f o r consultation and guidance. A well planned program of l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l include courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l sciences, and t h e s o c i a l sciences. Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be able t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s outside t h e United S t a t e s . The general physical a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg are designed t o equip students f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l activities. Courses i n r e l i g i o n are intended t o a s s i s t students i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on the meaning of the Christian Church through t h e study of i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered i n t h e 300 ' s and 400 s ) and not more than 1 3 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 (C average) i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t year i n residence. 5. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following four groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e ' ( f r o m t h e Department of English); philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, psychology. d. A course from one o r two o f t h e following departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, sociology; and one o r two courses from t h e Department o f Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l o f t h r e e courses i n these f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , o f which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department o f Religion meet t h i s requirement . Division f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Two semesters o f r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . Students with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement w i t h one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES Chairman: M r . Raymond E . Anderson Department o f A r t Department o f English Department o f Foreign Languages: French, German, Greek, Latin, Russian, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department o f Music Department o f Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r Arts DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS Chairman : Mr. Theodore Hanwi ck Department Department Department Department Department of of of of of Biology Chemistry Health and Physical Education Mathematics Phys i cs DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY Plzilip A, Quanbeck Department o f Phi 10s ophy Department o f Religion DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES Chairman: M r . Einar 0. Johnson Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f Education: Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Geography, Library Science Department o f History Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology Registration A student must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n order t o receive credit f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses per semester and one course i n t h e interim. Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as f u l l - t i m e s t u d e n t s . Although a student may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e semester begins, it i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e regularly scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r cancelling o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. Students a r e urged not t o abandon courses f o r which they a r e r e g i s t e r e d . Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a grade of F . Cancellation of courses o r cancellation from college must be done i n t h e Registrar1s Office. Students who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with C average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on s c h o l a s t i c probation a t t h e end o f a term i f h i s achievement is unsatisfactory. I f a student has been on probation two o r more semesters consecutively, he i s subject t o dismissal a t t h e end of t h e following s p r i n g term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before t h e end of spring term, but i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on probation u n t i l t h e end of t h e spring term. Dismissal from t h e college a t t h e end of the s p r i n g term w i l l not be automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e college v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Credit Examination Students who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n earning c r e d i t by examinations should consult with department chairmen o r with t h e Registrar. Credit may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of A, B, C, D, F with f o u r grade points f o r a grade of A, t h r e e f o r B, two f o r C, one f o r D and zero f o r F. Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No Credit system, with P meaning a grade of C o r b e t t e r and N meaning l e s s than s a t i s f a c t o r y . On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade is not computed i n t h e grade point average, and no c r e d i t i s granted f o r a course i n which t h e student receives a grade of N. A f u l l - t i m e student may t a k e up t o one course p e r semester on t h e P/N grading system, but only two courses on P/N may be allowed f o r t h e major and one f o r t h e minor. An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r requesting it, t h e plan and date f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o receive an I grade i s granted, i t must be removed during t h e following semester. A grade of X may be given f o r an Independent Study o r Guided Study course t h a t i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during t h e second semester o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e record. A course i n which a grade of F, D, N, I , o r X has been received may be repeated f o r c r e d i t . Only t h e c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time a r e counted toward graduation and i n t h e grade point average. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated f o r c r e d i t ; they may, however, be audited. 25 Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered i n 1972-73 are given on t h e following pages. See page 77 f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . American Studies Director: G r i e r N ic h o l l MAJOR: 1 3 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 11 courses i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and F i n e A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n the U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e a r e a s and 3 i n e a c h o f ' t h e o t h e r s ) . S e e d i r e c t o r f o r elective c o u r s e s and o p t i o n s . courses. Same as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n f o r e i g n c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y d i r e c t o r . TEACHING MAJOR: 16 MINOR: 7 courses i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495 p l u s 2 c o u r s e s i n each o f above groupings under major. 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents of s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . ( F a l l ) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of the black experience i n America with an emphasis upon the contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 295 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a significant problem o r phenomenon i n American l i f e today. A study of the approaches of various disciplines t o the issue. Practice i n the integration of primary source materials f o r an understanding of t h e t o p i c i n depth. Open t o Freshmen and Sophomores. ( F a l l ) 495 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE For description, see 295. level of work. all) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a different 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY One project of an interdisciplinary nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Field experience during interim Art P h i 1ip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 0 7 ) two from 221, 223, 225, 350. 486, 487, 488; and three from 1 1 8 , MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 107; one from 486, 487, 488; and t w o from 1 1 8 , 221, 223, 225, 350. 1 0 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS Fine a r t s i n the urban and world s e t t i n g . Participation i n the cultural l i f e of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. ( 3 one h o u r l e c t u r e s . Fall) 1 0 7 DRAWING Drawing i n p e n c i l , charcoal, ink, and o t h e r media. and f i g u r e s t u d i e s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Descriptive, experimental, 1 1 8 PAINTING I Introduction t o p a i n t i n g media and technique. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 SCULPTURE I Three dimensional and/or b a s - r e l i e f work i n t e r r a c o t t a and p l a s t e r . (Fall, Spring) 2 2 3 PRINTMAKING I P r i n c i p l e s and methods o f printmaking i n a v a r i e t y o f media. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 5 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and p r a c t i c e o f v i s u a l perception and communication using elements such as color, l i n e , shape, t e x t u r e , and p i c t o r i a l images. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 1 A study o f v i s u a l communications i n magazines, t e l e v i s i o n , f i l m , a d v e r t i s i n g symbols, and o t h e r mass media. P r a c t i c e i n areas o f photography, typography, and i l l u s t r a t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 225. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 CERAMICS I An introduction t o t h e making o f p o t t e r y with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ( F a l l , Spring) 351 CERAMICS I 1 A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction t o throwing techniques. ( P r e r e q . : 350. F a l l , Spring) 3 5 5 PAINTING I 1 Advanced study o f p a i n t i n g . (Prereq.: 118. F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks o f d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions o f perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and t r a n s p a r e n t watercolor. e r e r e g . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING IIAdvanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. ( P r e r e q . : 223. F a l l , Spring) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n m y o f t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and others. ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 486 HISTORY O F P A I N T I N G urvey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s f non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e and r e l a t e d minor a r t s from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, Pre-Colwnbian, and O r i e n t a l t r a d i t i o n s , with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey of Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and s c u l p t u r e . ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns o u t s i d e t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud M+70R1 & -o n I f 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , f o u r upper d i v i s i o n m u r s e s , and one t e r m s e m n a r . A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 352; Mathematics 124 or 121; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . 1 1x3 & bob% mf -ar. 351, 3 5 2 ) . 1 A - 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , s i x u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , and A l s o r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , 223 ( o r - 11 1 1 1 - i ; r l MINOR: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 , and t h r e e upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . r e q u i r e d : C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , 106 ( o r 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) . -- Also HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n two b i o l o g y s e m i n a r s ; one summer o r c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n on academic work i n b i o l o g y and on d e f e n s e o f the r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . I' cL 101 P R I N C I P L E S OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, n o t intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade o f B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 1 1 2 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g for o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well as a p p l i c a t i o n s of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s o f medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . P r e r e q . : C h e m i s t r y 103. S p r i n g ) 1 1 0 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of the ECBYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon the ecosystem with h i s urbanization, pollution, and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n the n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of the Christian e t h i c . Does not apply toward the biology major. (Interim) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . (111, F a l l ; 112, Spring) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major invertebrate types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , marphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (Prereq. : 112. Interim) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of heredity with emphasis on recent advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 112. Spring) . 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey o f t h e major divisions of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study o f anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. Recommended f o r students taking 471, 474, 476. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e . P r e r e q . : 112, chemistry 223 or 352. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , s t u d i e s i n c e l l physiology and biochemistry, and an introduction t o t i s s u e c u l t u r e . (3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 132, Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. Interim) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study o f the physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, and Chemistry 223 or 351. Recommended: Physics 1 2 3 . F a l l ) , 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during t h e development o f organisms with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental a s well as d e s c r i p t i v e s t u d i e s a r e included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 3 hours laboratory. P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 . Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e study o f micro-organism with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, g e n e t i c s , and pathogenicity a r e considered as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , sonie S a t u r d a y f i e l d t r i p s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , C h e m i s t r y 223 or 351. Recommended: 367. S p r i n g ) 491, 4 9 2 SEMINAR Discussions o f t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern t h e h i s t o r y and philosophy of s c i e n c e a s well as c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e . Seniors majoring i n Biology and Natural Science f o r premedical s t u d i e s a r e required t o r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t one term. Medical Technology majors a r e i n v i t e d t o r e g i s t e r . A l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r s t u d e n t s majoring i n Biology a r e expected t o a t t e n d . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s . P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , 4 9 1 , F a l l ; 492, S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research p r o j e c t under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors . Primarily laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 1 1 2 , and p r e v i o u s arrangement w i t h i n s t r u c t o r . Department of Business F a l l , Interim, Spring) Administration, Business Education, and Economics Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 9 , 3 8 1 , and e i t h e r 483 o r 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and o n e a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f the two r e m a i n i n g c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 6 2 , 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478, and o n e o t h e r c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 381, 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 262, 379, 381; and Economics 122 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e the C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c ~ c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t m u s t h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d t h e N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s o r Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t n o t more t h a n 1 2 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r the e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r graduation. 1 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals o f accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. ( F a l l ) 1 0 2 PRINCIPLES OF F I N A N C I A L ACCOUNTING Formulation o f general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o c o n t r a c t s , agency, n e g o t i a b l e instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 6 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds w i t h i n t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, c o s t o f c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend p o l i c y , and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An analysis o f accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and reserves, a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. (Prereq .: 262. Spring) 3 7 3 F I N A N C I A L MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, l e c t u r e s , and case m a t e r i a l . ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and control of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantative and behavioral topics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g ) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes f o r individuals and various forms of business enterprises. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . S p r i n g . O f f e r e d alternate years) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n relationships of various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both individual and i n s t i t u t i o n a l investors. Extensive coverage of c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. (Prereq.: 261. F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and controls f o r accounting systems. ( P r e r e q . : 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Partnership accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and subsidiary accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. (Prereq.: #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (INTERNSHIP PROGRAM) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an internship program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l write a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may also earn independent study c r e d i t s through individually supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MRTOR: 12-14 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 3 6 4 , 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t required. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 10 8 . ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: SECRETAIUAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALIZATIOiV: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s E c o n o d c s 251, 2 5 8 , 391 or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 2 1 , 3 5 0 , and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 3 5 0 , and E n g l i s h 219. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 other c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. E : Five courses i n Business Education. I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a two-year s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 364, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i a n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 1 2 0 . A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from the g e n e r a l education requirements . MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . HONORS 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available t o students who have had one year of high school typewriting. (rnt e r i m ) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o d a t a processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . I n t e r i m ) 2 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development of speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g material d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed of 80 words a minute. ( N o t o p e n t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e had one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development o f typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , t a b u l a t i n g , manuscripts , l e g a l documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : n i g h s c h o o l t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study o f Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f material d i c t a t e d a t speeds o f 80-120 words a minute. (Pxereq.: 1 2 1 or equivalent . Spring) 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g of business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and r e p o r t s . ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73) 4 6 0 OFF1CE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g of employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e o f t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching o f b a s i c business subjects and projects i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) Economics MAJOR: ECYINOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258, 454 and three o t h e r c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 379, a l s o r e q u i r e d . The complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended f o r those p l a n n i n g graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 273 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. ECONOMICS-BUSINfiSS ADMNISTRATION (Combined Major) : Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 1 , 373, 379 and me o t h e r c o u r s e from b w i n e s s administration o f f e r i n g s a l s o required. MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251, 258 and one o t h e r c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h average o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a s e n i o r thesis and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who complete t h e major i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o the m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e courses i n e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h l s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They must a l s o c o m p l e t e the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h the Department o f Education. Economics 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . 120 ECONOMICS ISSUES OF THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics t o be discussed are: Population I t C r i s i s t t ; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those students who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n the above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS An introduction of macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic, growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory o f t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application o f elementary economic theory t o market policy. May be taken independently o f Economics 122 o r 120. (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; introduction t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 3 9 1 P U B L I C FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s of t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l policy on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt policy and i t s economic implications. (Prereq. : 123. F a l l ) 3 9 2 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and p o l i c y . ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 4 5 3 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of l a b o r markets; determination o f wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n paid t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty a r e a s . ( P r e r e q . : 251 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 2 5 1 . S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( I n t e r n s h i p P r o g r a m ) A student may receive c r e d i t f o r one course through an i n t e r n s h i p program which is applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a r e p o r t on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . The student may a l s o earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chal rman: Chemistry E a r l A1 t o n GRADUATION MAJOR I N CHEMISTRY: 115,.116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 3 5 2 , 353, 361 and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. one advanced c o u r s e which may i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e g u i r e d . AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l c h e m i s t r y c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. Reading a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 courses w h i c h m u s t i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 223, 353, and 361 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s t h e g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n as the advanced c o u r s e . DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS m a j o r ; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; one summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r both 1 0 5 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 251, 253, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, F a l l ; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s , and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : h i g h school c h e m i s t r y , a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science a r e a whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. A l i p h a t i c and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important c l a s s e s of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step s y n t h e s i s . Descriptive m a t e r i a l i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations ,and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many a p p l i c a t i o n s of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 106 or 116. 251, F a l l ; 252, S p r i n g ) 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 106 or 1 1 6 . O f f e r e d I n t e r i m f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical Technology m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 361, 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 2 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125. 3 6 1 , F a l l ; 3 6 2 , S p r i n g ) 253; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f i d e n t i f y i n g organic compounds i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s f o r IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including B e i l s t e i n ) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t s p e c t r a Prereq. : 352, r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . 3 5 3 , 361 o r #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s o f atomic and molecular spectroscopy a s applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods a s well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of a n a l y s i s . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 2 5 3 , 362, or#. Fall) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r compounds using a v a r i e t y o f techniques. 1a b o r a t o r y P r e r e q . : 362 o r #. Spring) . 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems of t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s are introduced and used t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n s p i n , angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 361 or #. F a l l ) 4 9 1 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 49 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience inay be obtained by working on a summer research project i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n during t h e academic year. Department of Chairman: E i n a r Johnson The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or a b o v e . T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the department or be a d m i t t e d t o t h e t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n t h e S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 255, 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 470, and t w o o f 481, 482, 483, 484. H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 110 and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 also r e q u i r e d . An academic m i n o r i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s s t r o n g l y remnrmended. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Elemen taw) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession. Human r e l a t i o n s , opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Development and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e g . : A d m i s s i o n t o e l e m e n t a r y education. F a l l , Spring) 371, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND' MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of the subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies i n various methods t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences in elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. ( P r e r e q . : 3 6 1 , 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Secondary Education 2 6 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION ( S e c o n d a r y ) I n v e s t i g a t i o n of various aspects of t h e teaching p r o f e s s i o n . Human r e l a t i o n s . Opportunity f o r in-school work. Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . (prereq. : sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 359 METHODS I N SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, material and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l . a r e i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t involvement i n t h e classroom (1973-74) Seminars 369 SPECIAL METHODS I N THE MAJOR Teaching procedures, m a t e r i a l s and problems a t t h e secondary l e v e l i n t h e major concentration. (1973-74) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study o f educational philosophy and t h e development o f American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be s t u d i e d . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 0 , 4 8 1 STUDENT TEACHING Students w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days. Opportunities a r e provided f o r experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g experiences on t h e secondary l e v e l under t h e supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars w i l l be h e l d on a r e g u l a r b a s i s during t h e s t u d e n t teaching experience. ( P r e r e q . : 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 , 369. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HUMAN RELATIONS This i s a s e r i e s o f a c t i v i t i e s designed t o a s s i s t t h e s t u d e n t t o meet, i n p a r t , t h e S t a t e Board o f Education r e g u l a t i o n f o r teachers regarding human r e l a t i o n understanding and s k i l l . The program w i l l be c a r r i e d out a t both t h e college and t h e school where t h e s t u d e n t w i l l do h i s s t u d e n t teaching. ( O f f e r e d o n l y 1972-73) Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e b a s i c concepts and t o o l s of -geogr+hy followed by a survey o f t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e r n s t o be found i n our physical and human environment. Library Science 2 4 5 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of m a t e r i a l s , including a c q u i s i t i o n , processing and c i r c u l a t i o n . Services of t h e media c e n t e r and methods of evaluation. ( F a l l ) 3 5 8 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and purposes of an elementary school l i b r a r y . Extensive study of evaluation sources, book t a l k s , s t o r y t e l l i n g , curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance i n use o f p r i n t and non-print m a t e r i a l s . ( F a l l ) 3 5 9 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of b a s i c information sources most frequently used by students and l i b r a r i a n s . Includes preparation of bibliographies and l i b r a r y i n s t r u c t i o n . (spring) 4 7 5 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation o f l i b r a r y materials on t h e secondary school l e v e l , with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e i r use i n r e l a t i o n t o c u r r i c u l a as well as f o r personal i n t e r e s t s and needs of adolescents. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of school l i b r a r y s e r v i c e , worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y adviser. Open t o juniors and s e n i o r s , with department approval. Department of English A c t i n g c h a i rman : R o n a l d P a l os a a r i MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n British l i t e r a t u r e (1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e the Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR S E C Q N M Y TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e l i s t e d f o r the major and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g (219) i s r e q u i r e d . Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 o r 352 o r 355, and 360 o r 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HCANORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r year; d e f e n d h o n o r s thesis b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r year. Honors thesis may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , one c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 o r 320. Teaching minors must i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. Prerequisite f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f E n g l i s h 111. P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper division c o u r s e i s s u c c e s s f u l completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 1 1 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study o f composition with emphasis upon expository w r i t i n g . Attention t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l organization, t h e , r e s e a r c h paper, and a n a l y s i s o f t h e short story. (Fall, Spring) 2 1 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y o f w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus o f each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 243 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 2 5 0 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1 9 2 0 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention i s also given t o t h e contribution of the writer t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 1 MODERN F I C T I O N Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 1 CLASSICAL TRADITION Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers i n the various genre, and the influence of the c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , Spring) 2 7 2 LITERARY CLASSICS Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European c l a s s i c s from the Renaissance t o the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c studies. Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English language. (Spring) 331 CHAUCER AND THE MIDDLE AGES While the primary study of the course w i l l be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND THE RENAISSANCE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM THE METAPHYSICALS TO THE POST AUGUSTANS Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and the major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , essayists and novelists and of the major l i t e r a r y movements of the century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of significant American writers and l i t e r a r y movements of the twentieth century (Spring) . 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d t w e n t i e t h century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works o f American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists o f , t h e t w e n t i e t h century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ] 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 375 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See d e s c r i p t i o n under Scandinavian Studies 376. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1972-73, F a l l ) American, and Continental novels. 428 STUDIES I N C R I T I C I S M An examination of t h e major f o r c e s t h a t have shaped Western l i t e r a r y c r i t i c i s m . S e l e c t e d works of c r i t i c i s m a r e s t u d i e d . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , t r a g e d i e s --with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 490, 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ] 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o j u n i o r o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Chairman: Foreign Language Dona1 d S t e i n m e t z Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of p r e p a r a t i o n . Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 y e a r of high school foreign language equals 1 term o f college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l d i f f e r e n c e s , however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do s o , but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g t w o i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and three i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f w h i c h o n e s h o u l d be c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s o n e s e m e s t e r , o r o n e s e m e s t e r p l u s o n e summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o v e 2 1 2 , i n c l u d i n g o n e i n c o n v e r s a t i on-composi t i o n , o n e i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and o n e i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern L a n g u a g e s , f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a s e c o n d l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e s t u d e n t with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. ( F a l l ) 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study o f t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on ( F a l l , Spring) advanced placement. 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals o f communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and l i t e r a r y study i n French. ( S p r i n g ) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major o r minor. ( I n t e r i m , 1 9 7 3 , and y e a r l y o n demand) 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s o f current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n courses. ( F a l l ; S p r i n g o n demand) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French turns of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s . French phonology and speech groups practiced t o overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech h a b i t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d once y e a r l y upon A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. d e n md ) 331 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. Special a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c s e l f -awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use o f audio-visual materials. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r cansent of instructor. Offered alternate years. F a l l 1973-74) 332 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas, c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r contribution t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1974-75) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e t w e l f t h century renaissance through t h e sixteenth century. These include t h e epic, courtly romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n French, some l f i o r a t o r y t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. ( F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f the major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France, and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and other prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required o f a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1972-73. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 353 1 7 0 0 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose writers., poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s in French. ( S p r i n g 1973-74. Offered every t h i r d year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I M o f the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, e t c . ) , B a d 6 l d r e and h i s successors i n poetry, n-a literature m d e a s that led t o new forms and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n of t h e century (Proust, Gide, A o l l i n a i r e e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n A *®.: 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements since World War 1, including the novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and written reports, and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. S p r i n g 1972-73. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 4 1 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t the student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e f o u r s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and effectiveness, c h a r a c t e r i s t i c levels of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation, Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux S t . Exu e Robbe-Grillet, Duras, e t c . m s w e -&&re; form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 354, or 355 r e c o m n d e d . S p r i n g 1974. Every t h i r d y e a r ) S a r t r e , Camus, i n theme and 311 or #. 332, 4 5 2 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of the Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Reconmended 3 3 2 , 3 5 2 , or 353. S p r i n g 1974-75. Offered every t h i r d year) 4 9 5 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, topic, o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced level. Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet individual i n t e r e s t s . In l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g . S u b j e c t and p l a n t o be c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 u p p e r division c o u r s e s , i n Germany s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, Interim a n d / o r summer MINOR: 4 u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES : Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second l a n g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , E n g l i s h l i t e r a t u r e . 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials available. (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . 112 F a l l , Spring) 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms ( o r 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion o f materials representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 2 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works of German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 3 1 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use of grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. Intensive p r a c t i c e i n speaking i s supplemented with e x e r c i s e s i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331, 3 3 2 GERMAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language i s German, supplemented by (Offered a l t e r n a t e years. 3 3 1 , F a l l 1972-73; 3 3 2 , F a l l English when h e l p f u l . 1973-74) 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c e p i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e , mysticism, humanism, t h e Reformation e r a and Baroque, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1972-73) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 8 t h CENTURY Representative works of Pietism, Enlightenment, Sturm und Drang and Classicism, with s p e c i a l emphasis on Lessing, Goethe and S c h i l l e r . Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o enduring s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: ROMANTICISM AND 1 9 t h CENTURY Highlights of Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures and discussions consider t h e s e movements as antecedent t o 20th century l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l 1973-74) 3 5 4 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of 20th century a r e read: Mann, Hesse, -Kafka, -Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as it r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German a s a v e h i c l e f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including control of s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German a s classroom language. (Spring) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e p r e s e n t . Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1973-74) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. ( 1 1 1 , Spring 1972-73; 112, F a l l 1973-74) 21 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o parsing and syntax of the Greek t e x t . ( F a l l , 1972-73; S p r i n g , 1973-74) Latin 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING LATIN Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study of Latin grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Exercises i n t r a n s l a t i o n from and i n t o Latin. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ; 112, Spring) Russian 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING RUSSIAN For students having no previous Russian. Introduction t o b a s i c elements and d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s of Russian. Simple prose readings accompanied by p r a c t i c e i n speaking and writing. Prepares student f o r more advanced study of Russian. (111, F a l l ) 112, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies MAJOR: - 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i si on c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n t h e Augsburg College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department o r sub -department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor must a l s o present t h e equivalent o f intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 1 11, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction o f the four b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, F a l l . 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used a s b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and exercises. Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . 2 1 1 , F a l l , 212, Spring) 3 1 1 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 21 2 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Spring 1972-73) 331 MODERN SCANDINAVIA A broad survey o f Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e but not required. ( O f f e r e d when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures ~ r o v i d ea survey of t h e Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assign'ed reading of s e l e c t e d novels by Jonas Lie, S i r i d Undset S6lma Lagerlof, P ar h u t Hamsun, Halldor Laxness an others Knowledge of a Scandinavian laneuane desirable. Lanauape .- . majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. -%-- - - ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Iljornsan, Strindberg, La e r k v i s t Munk and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a-survey -$ o Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindber Knowledge of a --+ Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors an minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. ( F a l l , 1973-74) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n N o y g i a n . Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P s e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354355. (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y reconmendad) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s a b o w 214, i n c l u d i n g 315, 331 or 332, and one course i n l i t e r a t u r e . (Study i n Spain or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y r e c o m d e d ) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. 2 1 3, 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use o f t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( P r e r e q . : 112 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school Spanish) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND L A T I N AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading.and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student i s acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n c o r r e c t expression with t h e aims o f fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq. : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . This course i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and o f Spanish c o n t r i b u t i o n t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. I n Spanish. 3 3 2 L A T I N AMERICAN C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE A study o f t h e c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Spanish American countries from t h e pre-Colombian c i v i l i z a t i o n t o t h e present. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE A study o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 SURVEY OF LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE A study o f t h e development o f Latin American l i t e r a t u r e , its major l i t e r a r y movements, and i t s most r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors. Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( P r e r e q . : 315) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on i n c r e a s i n g f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical e x e r c i s e s . 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 4 5 6 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces o f dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. ( P r e r e q . : One survey course) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study o f t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s o f t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n t h e language. (Prereg. : One survey course) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department and of Physical Chairman: Health Education E. W. A n d e r s o n BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: 1 3 c o u r s e s . 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 6 0 , 369, 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 473, 482; B i o l o g y 1 0 3 ; C h e m i s t r y 1 0 5 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 3 6 9 , 171, 6 7 2 . 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 4 7 1 , 472. 10 c o u r s e s . 110, 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n '.~ h u s i c a le d u c a t i o n s e q u e n c e . 1 1 0 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 4 7 1 , 4 7 2 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 1 , 495. P s y c h o l o g y 361, 362; S o c i o l o g y 375; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human Physiology course are a l s o required. ~- - PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: COACHING ENDORSEMENT: coaching. 5 courses. 5 courses. 4 courses. 1 1 0 , 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 2 7 2 , and 2 4 3 . 1 1 0 , 3 5 1 , 360, 4 7 3 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 1 1 0 , 2 4 3 , 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d - c o a c h i n g a s s i g n m e n t i n M i n n e s o t a p u b l i c s c h o o l s a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a w a c h i n g e n d o r s e m e n t i n the f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . 102, 1 0 3 L I F E T I M E SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . (Fall, Spring) 110 HEALTH AND FIRST A I D Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s o f h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. Includes a l s o t h e American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 1 I N D I V I D U A L AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL A C T I V I T I E S AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. ( S p r i n g ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 3 5 1 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e a c t i o n o f t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of e x e r c i s e s upon t h e systems o f t h e body. (Prereq. : Biology 193, Chemistry 105. Spring) 3 5 2 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e a n a l y s i s of f u n c t i o n a l and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey o f b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation of t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 360 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM Curriculum content i n a school h e a l t h education program. (Fall) 3 6 9 METHODS AND MATERIALS I N PHYSICAL EDUCATION Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d S t a n d a r d F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: F a l l , I n t e r i m , 1973-74) 4 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum a n a l y s i s and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures (Fall) 4 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, a d s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s . Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water s a f e t y . Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet s e p a r a t e l y . (Fall) 4 7 3 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and procedures. (Spring) 4 8 2 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and c a r e o f a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 3 CONTEMPORARY HEALTH PROBLEMS Analysis i n depth o f b a s i c human h e a l t h problems. Includes v i s i t a t i o n s by h e a l t h resource e x p e r t s and s t u d e n t v i s i t a t i o n s o f various off-campus h e a l t h programs. ( I n t e r i m ) 4 8 5 A P P L I E D ADAPTED A C T I V I T I E S Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 . sunnner s c h o o l 4 9 1 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Summer s c h o o l o n l y ) Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q .: 351, 352. 4 9 5 PROFESSIONAL A F F I L I A T I O N Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of c o r r e c t i v e therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) R e h a b i l i t a t i o n . (Prereq.: 485, 491, and approval o f department) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed i n t e n s i v e study i n t h e a r e a of Health Education o r Physical Education. Open only t o majors. Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 courses plus 1 seminar. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper l e v e l ) from each o f the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Europe: U.S.; and non-Western. A t least four o f these courses must be upper division. Majors with an average o f 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply t o individual instructors for permission t o register for directed independent study. A maximum o f one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 6 i n the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end o f the f i r s t term o f the junior year; two years o f a foreign language at the college level (or i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three o f which must be upper division. Students are required t o take a t least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. Admission t o the seminars i s by permission o f the instructor. 1 0 1 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , Spring) East through t h e high middle 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main c u r r e n t s i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e p r e s e n t . (Fall, Spring) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o r e c o n s t r u c t a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( S p r l n g ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes o u r modern day. (Fall) . 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U. S : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth o f such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign policy t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (1973-74) 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and e l a b o r a t i o n by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study o f t h e development of Alexander's Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and sciences and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( O f f e r e d 1973-74) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 This course emphasizes c o n s t i t u t i o n a l development. (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e o f t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis i s a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern s c i e n c e and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may b e l i s t e d as 1560-1714. ( S p r i n g ) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course c o n s i s t s of u n i t s on such t o p i c s as H i t l e r ' s fascism, t h e c o l l a p s e of c o l o n i a l empires and t h e r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n t h e l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST A S I A A study of t h e major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n t h e a r e a due t o confrontation with and subjugation by t h e West. A comparative a n a l y s i s of t h e n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l e s p e c i a l l y focus on Vietnam, P h i l i p p i n e s , Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l , 1972-73) 464 MODERN CHINA A s e l e c t i v e treatment o f Chinese h i s t o r y s i n c e t h e Opium war o f 1839. The erosion o f China's i s o l a t i o n i s m and collapse o f t h e .imperial system. The N a t i o n a l i s t and Communist revolutions o f t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1972-73) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o f t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, t h e opening o f Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. (1973-74) 474 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study o f t h e encounters between Europeans and t h e peoples o u t s i d e Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (1973-74) . 495 SEMINAR (Fall, Spring) Department of Mathematics Chai rman : Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 2 2 4 , 314, 324, and 315 or 325. MINOR: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n m a t h e m a t i c s ; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive o r a l e x a d n a t i o n . Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o d e p a r t m e n t d u r i n g f i r s t term o f j u n i o r y e a r , and m u s t i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , A l g e b r a , T o p o l o g y , and Mathematics-Education. 121, 122 CALCULUS I,I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane an'alytic geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e v a r i a b l e with a p p l i c a t i o n s from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , S p r i n g ) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I,11, I 1 1 Topics o f t h e elements o f pl,ane and s o l i d a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus including calculus of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s and s e r i e s with a p p l i c a t i o n s primarily from t h e physical sciences Primarily f o r students i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. ( 1 2 4 , F a l l ; 1 2 5 , S p r i n g ; 2 2 4 , F a l l ) . 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n . t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study o f mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l b e given t o mathematics majors' o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational. t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P a r e g . : C o h s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . S p r i n g ) 2 2 6 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s solutions; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 2 2 4 . Spring) 2 5 1 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 o r 125. Spring) 2 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and s t a t i s t i c s , including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central l i m i t theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of hypotheses. ( P r e r e q . : 2 24. F a l l ) 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 3 1 5 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I 1 A study of t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of several variables, includiqg transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper integrals, d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of topics introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq. : 31 4 . Spring) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , risidues'. ( P r e r e q . : 324. F d l ) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 315, 324. Spring) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n a r r a n t registration. Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Computer Sclence 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a maj or o r minor i n mathematics. fFalL) Medical Technology This major involves t h e completion of t h r e e years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve months of i n t e r n s h i p a t Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwestern Hospit a1 S p e c i f i c recommended courses vary t o some extent depending on t h e h o s p i t a l with which t h e student plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely with t h e Medical Technology adviser. . Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 1161, 223 ( o r 351, 352), 353. Department of Music Chai man: Leland Sateren MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 101, 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 4 7 6 , 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 years o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458; one o f 354, 355, 365, 375; a n e l e c t i v e ; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h double - p e r i o d s i n the l a s t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n h o n o r s i n m u s i c i f t h e y ( 1 ) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : the promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n t h e Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t s b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h o n and o f f campus; the p e r f o r m i n g o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n a n d / o r promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f t h e j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f t h e f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) t w o s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l a n d / o r i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r t h e s i s and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee and a solo r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by @ team of i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects o f musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l ; 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music from 1600 t o t h e present through t h e study of s e l e c t e d works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e c u l t u r a l l i f e of t h e community leading towards appreciation and c r i t i c i s m . For t h e non-music maj o r . (Fa11 , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Renaissance, Baroque, and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall] 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e a s r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. ( F a l l ) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique o f playing and teaching woodwind and b r a s s instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching o f s t r i n g instruments. all) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence o f t h e music o f t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well as f o r o r g a n i s t s , c h o i r d i r e c t o r s , and p r e theological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation o f and conducting choral scores, organization and administration o f choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration o f instrumental ensembles. [ S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t o f o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental and vocal ensembles o f varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music o f Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. (Spring) 4 8 8 , 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Class meeting and supervised lesson weekly. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPqNDENT STUDY (Fall) . PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Majors and minors must complete t h e f i r s t and second term i n t h e same a r e a with t h e same teacher. For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. ( F a l l , Spring) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be a p p l i e d toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique a s needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h c o n t r o l , f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g a s needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of song c l a s s i c s - both s a c r e d and s e c u l a r . Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments , S t r i n g Instruments Tecl~nique as needed, rcpcrtoi re, ~>erf'ori~~ancc. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music s t u d e n t , b u t f o r any s t u d e n t of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year i s required o f p a r t i c i p a n t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership i s by a u d i t i o n and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Orchestra Membership i s by a u d i t i o n . Choral Club, llepcrtoire Band, S t r i n h Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Me~nbership i s b y a u d i t i o n o r coliseltr o f d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and m a t h e m a t i c s w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . In b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 . b e c h o s e n f r o m the u p p e r d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o 59 In c h e m i s t r y , 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 , or ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o c o m p l e t e the t o t a l o f 5 courses, t w o courses may be chosen as f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; - or 351 352; or 351 361. In m a t h e m a t i c s , C a l c u l u s Z and C a l c u l u s X I a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l courses t o be c h o s e n a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s JBpartment. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s m a j o r i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r p r e m e d i c d s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a m e j o r w h i c h p r o v i d e s the science c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o mst m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d c h o o s e electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the m e d i c a l schools t o w h i c h he or she intends t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 or 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; C h e m i s t r y 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , or ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l C h e m i s t r y ; Mathematics 121 or 1 2 4 ; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 . Department of Chairman: Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 343, and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g t w o c o u r s e s from 2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i a n t o the P h i l o s o p h y Honors Program i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t t h e e n d o f the o f the p h i l o s o p h y f a c u l t y . j u n i o r year. T h e program w i l l consist o f an honors thesis on an approved t o p i c o f the s t u d e n t ' s choice, i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above the c o u r s e level, and a d e f e n s e o f this t h e s i s b e f o r e the f a c u l t y o f the d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g the g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement . 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through the study of the teachings of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Concern w i l l be shown f o r the role t h a t these men played i n developing ideas basic t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on topics such as the nature of the r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . all, Interim, S p r i n g ) 120 ETHICS Search for an adequate e t h i c a l principle through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; inquiry i n t o possible j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of these principles t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 130 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e of definition, premises, and rules of inference i n an argument a r e investigated. all, S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For description see under course 110. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , ,Spring) 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An analysis of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of universals, existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I 1I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major empiricists i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's synthesis of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Suggested p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century representatives o f a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 211, 2 4 2 , 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 19 72-73) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical contributions o f Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n Philosophy . S p r i n g 1973-74) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world o f t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 o r 344. F a l l , 1972-73) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical sciences. Students a l s o w i l l work with professor i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r a u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1973-74) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e writings -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n Jepth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . (Suggested: One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 7 5 P H I LOSOPHI CAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . (Suggested p r i o r c o u r s e : 340. F a l l , 1973-74) 61 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e.g. P l a t o , Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r crourse: 241, 242, 343, or #. S p r i n g , 1973-74) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas as t h e philosophy o f a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , philosophical psychology, philosophy o f c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r course i n philosophy. S p r i n g , 1972-73) 4 9 0 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e s t u d e n t , worked out i n consultation with t h e f a c u l t y adviser. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physics Chairman: T h e o d o r e H a n w i ck MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 2 4 5 , 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course r e q u i r i n g elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s and g a l a x i e s . The necessary o p t i c a l instruments a r e explained and use i s made of a 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g t e l e s c o p e a s well a s a 3-inch Questar. Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects of wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t o f t h e (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . mechanics, thermodynamics, modern t o p i c s . The course i s designed as Medical Technology program. Spring) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I, I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts o f mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects o f modern physics. For majors i n physics and o t h e r s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 2 4 5 MODERN PHYSICS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, n u c l e a r and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, Spring) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, I 1 A careful study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami ltoriian formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y s y s t e m , central-force motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I,I 1 The classical electromagnetic f i e l d theory is developed using t h e vector calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics, s o l u t i o n of Caplace's and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s of materials, p l u s t h e theory n f electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas o f mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. (Prereq.: J u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes f o r which temperature is an important variable. The s u b j e c t is developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 351. F a l l ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from f i r s t p r i n c i p l e s , including de Brogliels p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas of s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 486. S p r i n g ) Department of Chai rman: Political Science Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 courses, p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 1 ) , i n c l u d i n g 1 5 8 , 384 and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 areas.* A seminar i n o n e o f the f i v e a r e a s may be counted f o r t h a t a r e a . The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 158 and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 areas.* MINOR: HONORS MAJOR: T h e Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d above, p l u s t h e following: T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e m u s t be 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . T h e s t u d e n t m u s t t a k e a n Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and m u s t s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r than A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , a n Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major no l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . F o r s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n the department . * T h e f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , C o m p a r a t i v e P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l T h e o r y a n d Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area toward major o r minor requirements.) -- Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . T h e Urban R e q u i r e m e n t may b e f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y a n I n t e r n s h i p o r Independent Study o n an urban-related t o p i c . T h e m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n f o r s e c o n d a r y s o c i a l s t u d i e s teaching, providing t h e s t u d e n t a l s o has one course each i n e c o n o m i c s , g e o g r a p h y , h i s t o r y and s o c i o l o g y and the r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and a f f e c t e d by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s i n f l u e n c i n g p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g , 1972-73) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c p o l i c y making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and (No p r e r e q u i s i t e ; management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . I n t e r i m , 1972-73) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o o t h e r f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r r e l e v a n t o r g a n i z a t i o n s . ( S t u d e n t s may n o t t a k e both 326 and 356 e x c e p t b y s p e c i a l p e r m i s s i o n . Offered Fall term o f e l e c t i o n y e a r s . No p r e r e q u i s i t e F a l l , 19 7 2 ) . 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l behavior; t h e uses and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . ( S p r i n g 1972-73) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326) 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1972-73) 11. COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An analysis of b a s i c patterns i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . ( F a l l , Spring 1972-73) 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis o f t h e Soviet Union and other communist s t a t e s i n terms of p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. F a l l , 1972) 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and t h e determinants of voter choice, including study o f a t t i t u d e s , values and personality f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereg.: One course i n Political Science or #) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study o f e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) 1 1 1 . INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S 1 6 0 ISSUES I N WORLD P O L I T I C S Contemporary issues and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. (Spring, 1972-73) 3 6 1 INTERNATIONAL P O L I T I C S General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation of contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1972) .-. L 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation o f f o r e i g n p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) I V . PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAM I The l e g a l - p o l i t i c a l - p h i l o s o p h i c a l r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 C o n s t i t u t i o n a l l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment a s applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n o f human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . ( P r e r e q . : One c o u r s e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1972-73) V. P O L I T I C A L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES ( F a l l , S p r i n g 1972-73) 380 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding of contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 1 WESTERN P O L I T I C A L THOUGHT I 1 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , a n a r c h i s t , s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , C h r i s t i a n , democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . F a l l , 1972-73) 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST P O L I T I C S An examination o f t h e Marxist-Leninist o r i g i n s of contemporary communism, t h e development and uses of ideology, and t h e impact o f h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l evolution of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 3 8 4 P O L I T I C A L ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l s o c i e t y , i n c l u d i n g communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, s t r u c t u r a l - f u n c t i o n a l i s m , power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey o f t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l s c i e n c e . ( P r e r e q . : S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 5 8 o r 356; o r #. S p r i n g , 1972-73) VI . SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 295 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq. : # . Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane J o h n s o n MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s . One o r two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o be r e q u i r e d . The m a j o r program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n t h e psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 4 9 3 , and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, $ 6 4 , 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. The major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n the freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n the sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r y e a r . The o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l i n t e r e s t s and g o a l s o f t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r the major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more electives i n psychology, s h o u l d be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f the j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r h o n o r s i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the major program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g the j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r the purpose o f understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study o f behavior. A structure of the f i e l d of psychology including psychological principles i n major sub -areas. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and a p p l i c a t i o n s of d a t a and theory i n r e s p e c t t o t h e development o f c h i l d r e n . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of t h e adolescent and a d u l t . Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active consideration o f t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and theory have f o r t h e development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 351. S p r i n g ) 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including o b j e c t i v e s , evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e l e a r n i n g process. ( P r e r e g . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily is included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . (Prereq. : 105. Fall) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior d i s o r d e r s . Consideration of diagnostic c a t e g o r i e s , treatment, and r e s e a r c h . ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s or 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall, Spring) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups o f i n d i v i d u a l s i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study of p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration o f approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. ( P r e r e g . : 105. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points o f view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration o f t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq.: 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research r e p o r t according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of individual research p r o j e c t s . ( p r e r e q . : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , t w o o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New Testament Greek. The major s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t one course: 352-355, 360-363, 871-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the major and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e o f theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y o f I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e church. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department o f Philosophy 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e origin of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e vario* l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. V i s i t s w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship services. ( F a l l ) 3 5 3 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS A survey of some of t h e major l i v i n g religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Islam, with some emphasis on t h e study of primary documents from these f a i t h s . (Spring) 3 5 5 TEACHING RELIGION I N , SCHOOL AND CHURCH The function of t h e teacher i n t h e Christian congregation with a consideration of available materials and t h e organization of t h e church school. The function of t h e teacher i n teaching about r e l i g i o n i n t h e public school and a consideration of available materials. Distinctive c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of these roles. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and practices. P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o religious systems, and t o an of society and t h e relationship of these s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o the study of bureaucracy and i t s exploration of t h e changing patterns changes t o t h e i n s t i t u t i o n a l church. (Fa11 ) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. ( I n t e r i m , 1973) 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e theological thought of t h e Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. ( F a l l ) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The Protestant ethos i n the United States. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of religious l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. ( F a l l ) 3 8 0 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and relationships. Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r the h i s t o r i c a l Jesus. I f ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s relationship t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g , 1973-74) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas o f Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message o f t h e prophets. (Spring) 475 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y of Judaism from t h e end o f t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. ( F a l l ) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing theological t a s k of t h e Christian Church. ( S p r i n g ) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends o f Roman Catholic theology a s expressed i n t h e w r i t i n g s of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s of t h e church. ( S p r i n g ) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms o f theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral action. ( S p r i n g ) Social Science T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n this a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may b e earned i n any one o f four d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l S c i e n c e and one o f t h e f o u r component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r m a j o r . A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n History: 2 i n American, 2 i n Ancient and Modern Europe, 2 i n Non-Western, and 1 seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology o f the Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 o t h e r courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n courses; 1 a d d i t i o n a l upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology (Other than educational psychology), o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e : H i s t o r y 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 o t h e r courses i n c l u d i n g : H i s t o r y 103; one course i n t h e methodology o f t h e S o c i a l Science ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 362, 363, o r 365; and 4 a d d i t i o n a l e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major w i t h a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements o f t h e S t a t e o f Minnesota f o r a h i g h school t e a c h e r o f t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses t a k e n a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r in p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y , economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each o f geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses in h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495; H i s t o r y 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MAJOR IN SOCIAL WELFARE: 1 0 c o u r s e s i n c l . u d i n g 1 1 1 , 1 2 1 , 351, 352, 353, 3 6 5 , 383, 461, 462. A l s o r e q u i r e d : Psychology 1 0 5 , and 351 or 352. 1 1 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics o f t h e modern world viewed from t h e p e r s p e c t i v e o f t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f human community i n t h e c o n t e x t o f urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s . (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development o f s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s m o t i f s , p e r s p e c t i v e s , and l i n g u i s t i c forms ; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r a n a l y z i n g t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics o f s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e o f s o c i o l o g y a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . B a s i c background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( F a l l ) 231 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o h e i g h t e n awareness o f communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide p e r s p e c t i v e and s k i l l s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n p r e - m a r i t a l , m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact o f h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban c o n t e x t s on t h e s t r u c t u r e o f t h e f a m i l y i s examined. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e root o f contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 3 7 CRIME AND JUVENILE DELINQUENCY Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s o f crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION T O ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e idea of culture; the person's r e l a t i o n t o culture; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o multiple ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized1' world views, values, and systems o f thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. all) 3 5 1 SOCIAL WELFARE METHODS AND SYSTEMS Basic features of casework and group work. Public welfare, s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , and p r i v a t e welfare systems. Two campus l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours agency service p e r week. Course designed f o r general acquaintance with f i e l d s and methods of human service. ( F a l l ) 3 5 2 BEGINNING S K I L L DEVELOPMENT I N CASEWORK OR GROUP WORK Orientation and application i n p r a c t i c e of one of these major s k i l l s . Student i s assigned f u l l time under t h e teaching supervision of s t a f f i n a s e l e c t e d agency. Maj ors only. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Analysis of methods, theory, operational p r i n c i p l e s , and techniques. Reflective use of student's own experiences i n p r i o r f i e l d assignments. Open t o s t u d e n t s having had beginning s k i l l f i e l d experience. ( S p r i n g ) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n sociological research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of sociological data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and data-getting t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l application of what i s learned as it i s learned. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures o f c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and association, s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. ( F a l l ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, the development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. S e l e c t i v e forms of c o l l e c t i v e behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audience. ( P r e r e q . : 121 or P s y c h o l o g y 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON URBANIZATION A review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s a s T h n i e s , Weber, Park and l i r t h ; and an examination of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s o m a n and suburban l i f e . (Prereq.: 111. S p r i n g ) 3 8 3 R A C I A L AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , racism and c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American s e t t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 1 FUTURES I N SOCIAL WORK Emerging i s s u e s and programs; s e l e c t i n g c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s through graduate t r a i n i n g o r occupational choice. Advanced p r a c t i c a l experience a s a s o c i a l work i n t e r n . Two hours c l a s s l e c t u r e and 10 hours i n t e r n s h i p experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l a c t i o n . F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK R e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s assigned a s a p r o f e s s i o n a l s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some s t u d e n t s s e l e c t e d f o r stipended p o s i t i o n s . Up t o 20 hours p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : #. S p r i n g ) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course o f t h e i r development i n t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and l a r g e s c a l e organization i n an urban world. ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY ( F a l l . Interim. S p r i n g ) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Chairman: Arts Raymond A n d e r s o n CDMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 or 352, 354, 4 8 7 , and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t not c o u n t i n g toward t h e m a j o r : S p e e c h 111; P h i l o s o p h y 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. Major electives c o u n t i n g t o w a r d the m a j o r : A r t 2 2 5 , 230; S p e e c h 1 1 6 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 355, 360, 361, 476, 490, and i n t e r i m c o u r s e s i n communication. Recommended s u p p o r t i n g electives: E n g l i s h 2 6 1 , 320, 367, 368 Psych010gy 351, 352, 361, 3 6 2 , 473, 485 S o c i o l o g y 212, 2 3 1 , 459, 482 L i b r a r y 385 Computer S c i e n c e COMMUNICATION MINOR: SPEECH MAJOR: 5 courses 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 2 3 2 , 2 4 1 , 351 or 352, 355, 360, 361, 366, 4 7 6 . A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n E n g l i s h i f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s r e q u i r e d . SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 aurses. For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 or 352, 355, 360, 366; course 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 1 1 6 , 360, 361, 476. THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366, 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be c o u n t e d toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y an E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l courses i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g : 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 3 6 0 , 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , three i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f honors q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , c o m p r e h e n s i v e e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the senior y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and c r i t i c a l listening. per week. all, S p r i n g ) Meets f i v e times - I - 1 1 6 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice i n story t e l l i n g and creative dramatics. Recommended f o r parish workers and elementary school teachers. [ F a l l ) 2 2 8 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING Practical work i n pantomime and participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) An introduction t o the a r t of acting. improvisation; 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an a r t form; major developments i n film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than technical elements. (Spring) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r role i n society. (Spring) 3 5 1 ARGUMENTAT ION Application of logic i n public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 3 5 2 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech writing. (Spring) 3 5 4 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. [Spring) 3 5 5 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice i n discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) Practice i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o history of the t h e a t e r and t o theories of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 3 6 6 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises i n planning product ions and conducting rehearsals (Spring) . 76 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. S p r i n g ) (Prexeq.: 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics i n speech and communication theory. ( F a l l ) 487 F I E L D EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r other publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e g . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use o f primary sources and methddology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . ( F a l l , Spring) General Information Courses A l l courses have equivalent value unless o t h e m i s e indicated. A course has t h e approximate value of 5 t o 6 quarter c r e d i t s o r 3* t o 4 semester c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s required f o r graduation. Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute periods o r two ninety-minute periods per week i n addition t o laboratories. Each semester i s approximately 15 weeks i n length. Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course offerings. Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be cancelled. Students should consult t h e schedule of classes t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 200 are lower division courses; those numbered 200 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d as upper division. In general, courses numbered i n t h e 100's a r e primarily f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300's f o r juniors; and 400's f o r seniors. Symbol Course may be taken with consent of t h e i n s t r u c t o r i r r e s p e c t i v e of #. prerequisites. Personnel Administration ...................................Oscar A. ...................Burton President Vice President and Executive A s s i s t a n t t o t h e President Anderson P. Fosse Academic A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Registrar Assistant Registrar Librarian. ....................Kenneth C . Bailey ....................................Miss Mildred J o e l .........................Miss Beverly Wegge ...............................M s . Marjorie S i b l e y Business A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Business A f f a i r s . . Controller D i r e c t o r o f Plant S e r v i c e s . . Director of t h e College Center Director of Food Services Director of Housing/Purchasing Agent Director of Data Processing.. Manager of t h e Book S t o r e ............Warren Cuolin ...................................... Wayne Pederson ...............,,..Eugene Ecklund ...................Douglas Wasko .........................Carl Stromer ...........James Lancaster ...................David Pederson ..........................I r v i n g Hoe1 Development Vice President f o r Development Associate D i r e c t o r of Development A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r of Development Director of Alumni Relations Public Relations Coordinator. Manager, News Bureau .................Glen W. Johnson ...........Sigvald Hjelmeland .................David Teslow ..................... J e r o y Carlson ................. .Michael Walgren ...............................Steven Vite Student A f f a i r s Vice President f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean o f Admissions Associate Dean of Students; Director, Career Planning and Placement Director of Financial Aid. Director of New Student Programs.. Director o f Residence Programs. Associate Director of Admissions Admissions Counselor .....................Bruce L. Gildseth ............Miss Fern Martinson ......................Herald Johnson ...............Richard Thoni .............Mrs. Joan Petersen ...............Donovan Lundeen .............................David Gronner Total Student Enrollment .............................. 1,968 .................................... 332 ................................ 1,817 .................................... 349 Academic Year, 1969-1970. Summer Session, 1970 Academic Year, 1970-1971 Summer Session, 1971 Summary Of Graduates Graduates, 1870-1969 Graduates, 1970 (September 1, 1969 - August 31, 1970) Graduates, 1971 (September 1, 1970 .August 31, 1971). ... .. 4,505 309 310 5,124
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1975-1976
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change wit...
Show more augsburg college minneapolis, minnesota This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Table of contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 11, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 16, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 19, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 21, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 22, EXPENSES PAGE 25, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 29, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 30, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 86, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 87, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 94, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 96, INDEX Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in thiscatalog may be unfamiliarto you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE,, . . , , , . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during thl? interim in January. . MAJOR . , . . . . . . . . . . .. . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 18 departments. MINOR.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major ELECTIVE.. . . .. . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE.. . , . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN.. . . , , . .. . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP.. . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. .. . . , .. . . . .The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE.. . .. . . ., A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. There are few colleges that combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of these few, very special colleges that can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at avariety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are avital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government for the purpose of overseeing, stimulating and perpetuating religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is not selfserving nor self-sustaining, but is that of furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. . You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude for you to design much of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The College follows the calendar known as the "4-1 -4," In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from 35 majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is in the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education. You may choose an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the newly renovated Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available-the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Buckskins. Thus, Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body, and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1969 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis - St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The current student body of over 1500 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 50% are resident students, while others commute daily from the greater metropolitan area. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) Location History Your education wil.1benefit from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations are provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, and Chimera Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. In the winter you The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety of ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in a number of associations that set standards by which excellence is judged. Among the associations that recognize Augsburg are: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 15 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Visiting the Campus T h e purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange for a tour and an interview are asked t o write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and t o attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome t o visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. </ * ', - +..' \ - \--+-' - r , . :- I \ . . , .. , '. \ - - . . . , - I ' ., .* J' . . . , d. 4. Science Hall 5. Old Main 6. Mortensen Tower 7 . Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. The Quadrangle 10 Memorial Hall 1 1 Art Studio and Art Annex 12. Music Hall 13 SI Melby Hall 14. Augsburg College Ice Arena 15. Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) 16. East Hall 17. Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center - Olivet Hall (not shown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) A. Faculty-Staff Park~ng B. Student Parking ..2 -f Offices ?-.I Adm~ssions(628 21st Ave. S ) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-V~sual(Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Programs (Science 156) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) College Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Sc~ence32) Dean of the College (Science 135) Development Office (Memor~al2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) d. - < Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Science 156) Little Theater (Speech Building) MUSIP (Memorial 1st floor) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Nursing Director (Memorial 1st floor) Personnel Office (Science 135) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Publications (NOW series) (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 135) S.O,S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 1 1 1) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern, well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg aims to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to the interests and abilities of each person. opportunities for those interested in communications. No matter what your interest, the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. Faculty Augsburg has an able and dedicated faculty who take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 17.8 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They know students by their first name and often join students in discussing the political climate, reactions to the latest visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim there is concentration on one subject. The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this break in the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would choose many of them even if they were not required. In the humanities division, students select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses in economics, history, political science, sociology, and foreign languages or literature are available. Proficiency in English must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required as well as physical education activities. (For details, see "Academic Administration" section.) Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications East Asian Studies Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing (tentative, Fall, 1975) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Other majors are available through the Five College Cooperative student exchange program. The Office of the Registrar should be consulted for further information. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that re- ' quirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutes in the Twin Cities areaon several programs. FIVE COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. Students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to do this to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or because a specific course is not offered on the home campus. Because these colleges have coordinated calendars, the interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of 12 colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. All take coursesfor credit from Augsburg. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison and Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a halfway house rehabilitation center). One purpose of the classes, which are offered by several departments, is to get a first-hand view of the prisons and hospitals, and to personalize the study by actually interacting with inmates and their problems. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. AFFILIATION WITH LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL. Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive instruction in biology, chemistry, English, psychology, and sociology at Augsburg. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made directly to the hospital. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two years at Washington University. Each year the Conservation of Human Resources office at Augsburg holds tuitionraising benefits to help pay for inmates' matriculation in these co-learning courses. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburg's summer school calendar is coordinated with that of Concordia College in St. Paul. Students who enroll may select courses on either campus. Two sessions are offered each summer. Admission to the curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Director of Physical Education. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. Opportunities for Study Abroad There are several types of international experience available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; The University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. Honors Program Some special accelerated course sections are available to freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of all class years, interdisciplinary honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments of the College offer programs through which the student can earn honors in the major. The opportunity to do independent study in fields of interest is available throughout the College. For students who apply for and receive special status as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary to meet the student's needs and interests. Addi- tional information on the honors program is available upon request from the Honors Program Director at Augsburg. available with avariety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Degrees The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburg's college-wide program. It provides students in all fields of study with the opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Your experiences in the classroom are major influences in your college life. They need supplementing, however, by other activities and opportunities. Whether as a resident student or commuter, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg adds dimension to your education. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, avariety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in theTwin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, big name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center. ation. An intramural program provides competition in avariety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's Intercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and tennis. Religious Life. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to campus and local performances, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour regularly. The String Ensemble, the Choral Club, the Jazz Ensemble, and several studentorganized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by a student and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. Chapel services are held four times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily. Recreation Student Sewices Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relax- The staff of the Center for Student Development is available for personal, career, and academic counseling and consultation on questions of academic procedure, financial problems, student activities, and residence halls. The Center for Student Development also provides avariety of programs focusing around the themes of interpersonal identity, careerlifestyle planning, and utilizing the educational environment. Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student Development staff. All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. The faculty takes both a scholastic and personal interest in students. Secondary Education students may desire a second adviser: one in the major and one in the area of education. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Housing Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Assistants who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. Most new freshmen and many upperclassmen live in Urness Tower. This eleven-story highrise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the greater campus area. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. An optional rental linen service is available to students in residence halls and annex housing units. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June30 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 30 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $25 breakage and fine deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is refunded upon graduation, transfer to another institu- tion, or discontinuing the educational program at Augsburg if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan living in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides avariety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. didates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its educational programs, student personnel services, financial aid, housing, student employment and other services without regard to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic background. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. Avisit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. The Application Process Transfer 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universitieson the basis of their academic record, test results, and recommendations. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg, but to determine graduation with distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education require- 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript through the last complete semester to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that can- ments at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Transfer Process 1. Secure from the Admissions Office, and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to the: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3. Two personal recommendations will be requested. Upon receiving these forms, give them to two persons to fill out and return directly to the Admissions Office in the postage paid envelopes which are provided. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After a deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical history form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. After notification of admission and adequate financial aid, if needed, has been provided, the student must agree to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by January 1. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, astudent must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school, and the maturity to cope with acollege course after his junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic AptitudeTest in January or March of his junior year. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, o n the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. About 70% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college in the form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, students may instead submit the Parents Confidential Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship Service to be considered for financial aid. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1973-74, approximately 1100 of the 1550 students at Augsburg received scholarships or grants totaling $915,000 from Augsburg and all other sources, and federal loans totaling $480,000. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program for which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and Federally Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg College. The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $2,349 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning in September, 1975. Students time when they take three are 'Onsidered or more courses during the semester terms. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. Such registration is payable in this manner: Tuition and Fees for the 4-1 (or 1-4) is $1,305. Tuition for the remaining semester is $1,044. If the student elects to omit an interim, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $310 a course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is $155 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Application fee, $10.00 is required from all new students. Graduation fee is $15.00. Registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge will be $190. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day, SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $15 Computer Science, $30 per course Film Making Course (Laboratory fee), $50.00 Student Teaching, $35. Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $98 a semester (14 lessons), or $7.00 per lesson during the interim.. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an interim); piano or voice, $8.00 ($2.00 an interim), Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $10 a semester. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy, $1 .oo. Locker rental for commuter students: $2.00 or $3.00. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office, with charges according to the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,251 Partial Board and Room - $1,170 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) - $819 5 Day Lunch Plan - $252 In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. A full board plan provides 21 meals per week. The partial board plan provides 14 meals per week in acombination of breakfasts and dinner or noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are restricted to apartment style residences named by the College in the "Housing and Food Services contract." A lunch contract is available to nbn-resident students and provides five noon lunches per week. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company at about $50 per year. 1975-76 Cost Summary Board and Room - $1,251 Breakage Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits TUITION DEPOSIT- New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 1,1975 (payment is due January 1 under Early Decision Program). The payment is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT- All resident students, $25.00 (not refundable). Required at the time of signing acontract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, and applied to the room charge. BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT- All students at registration, $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the five-month billing period is due August 20, and the second semester is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Business Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Refunds Application Fee - $10.00 Tuition - $2,349 (Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.) If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed according to the following schedule: 100% through the first Friday of classes. 80% during the balance of first week of classes. 70% during the second week of classes. 60% during the third week of classes. No allowance is given after the fifth week. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is reduced by 50%. 50% during the fourth week of classes. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges. 40% during the fifth week of classes. In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general physical activities courses at Augsburg are designed to equip students for lifetime sports and recreational activities. Courses in reliaion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, it scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department. A maximum of 3 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows (one course may meet one requirement only): a. A course in writing (English Ill) or demonstrated proficiency in writing. b. A course from at least two of the following four groupings: N o r music; literature (from the Department of English); philosophy; speech or drama. c. A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, physiesrpsychology. d. A course from one or two of the following departments: economics, h i 6 , political science, s o c i o d a n d one or two courses from the Department of Foreign Languages to make a total of three courses in these five departments. e. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. f. A course relating to urban concerns. g. Three recreational activities or demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime sports. Students with proficiency in one or two sports may meet this requirement with one semester of activities. Divisional Organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department of Department of Department of Department of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Norma C. Noonan Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology and Social Work PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0. Johnson Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Russian, Scandinavian Area Studies, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communications, and Theater Arts Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for.three or four courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to do so at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first three days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in afailing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors, Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his achievement is unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, be is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Grading Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Sociology 383, some education courses and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first three days of classes. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and.date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0 , l .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.89 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average lndependent Study lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore. . . . 7 courses.. Junior.. . . . . . . . 16 courses.. Senior . . . . . . . . 25 courses.. . . . . 14 grade points . . . . 32 grade points . . . . 50 grade points To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses All courses have equivalent value unless otherwise indicated. A course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be canceled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The first number indicates the level of the course; the second is the division within the department; and the third identifies the course. Symbol #. Course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. Course Descriptions Descriptions of the courses offered in 1975-76 are given on the following pages. See preceding pages for information on numbering and a, Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the US., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* History of the United States American Studies 231 History 221,222,331,332,353,495 (American emphasis) Religion 352,363 Literature and Fine Arts in the United States American Studies 232 Art 102 English 241 (also Speech 241), 250,351,490 and 491 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Social Sciences in the United States American Studies 260 Economics 120, 122, 123,251 Education 478 # Political Science 121, 122,325,326,370, 371, 421 Psychology 481 # Sociology 111,373,381, 383 Social Work 351, 463 credit value. The symbol # indicates that the course may be taken with the consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. American Studies *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under major. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course Content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets urban requirement. (Fall) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS A study of the characteristics of mid-western and eastern Indian tribesof the 19th century, with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian cultural values in the modern world. (Offered 1974-75.) 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions of women in America seen from the perspective of various disciplines. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1975-76) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. Meets urban requirement. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES For description, see 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall, alternate years. Offered 1976-77) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Philip Thompson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 107; two from 386,387,388; and three from 118,221,223, 225, 350. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as major but 350 required. MINOR: 5 courses, including 107; one from 386,387,388; and two from 118,221,223,225, 350. Department of Art 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other media. Descriptive, experimental, and figure studies. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique. (Fall, Spring) 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 132 PHOTOGRAPHY Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. (3 one hour lectures. Spring) The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS II Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis on design, materials and process. A continuation of handbuilding and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINTMAKING I Principles and methods of printmaking in a variety of media. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor. (Prereq.: 107. Spring) 368 PRINTMAKING II Advanced work in various media, including silk screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART Survey of the early development of the visual arts throughout the world with emphasis on the Mediterranean region and Europe. 242 FILM-MAKING Film-making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART A study of architecture, painting and sculpture from the 15th century through the 19th century in Europe and America. 350 CERAMICS I 388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) Contemporary developments in the visual arts with emphasis on America and Europe. 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Three major works in any of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, stone, plexiglass, and others. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) a, Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) Department of Biology 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 352,361 (Group I); 355,473,474 (Group 11); 367,471,476 (Group Ill). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,122); Physics 121,122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR, Option 11: 9 courses, including 111, 112,352 and at least one course from each of the following four groups: 355,474 (Group I); 361,481 (Group 11); 367,473 (Group 111); 471, 476 (Group IV). Participation in seminar. Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. MINOR, 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR, GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Lecture and laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other students) 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses only. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 111,112 GENERAL BIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 11 1, Fall; 112, Spring) 352 ANIMAL FORM AND PHYLOGENY An analysis of the structure of animals and the evolutionary relationships revealed by this analysis. This includes an inquiry into the structural changes which occur and new structures which appear in the course of evolution, the way in which these structures enable the animal to function in the environ- ment, the phylogenetic relationships revealed by this study, and the classification of animals based on their phylogeny. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 172. Fall) 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, life histories, and taxonomy. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #. Fall) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Spring) Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research.Topics may concern research performed by students in independent study projects. Course credit is not given for seminar, but juniors and seniors who plan to major in biology or natural science (for premedical students) are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers (Weekly meetings. Fall, Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A study of the physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or 352 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall) Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,262,263,379,381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122,123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. Forthose planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101,102,131,261, 262,373,379,478, and one other course from the sequence 381,382,483. Economics 122, 123,251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373,379, 478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural Sciences or Mathematics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subiects (Eco- nomics, Finance, and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTlNG to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101. Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property'and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Interim, Spring) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities andfeserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVEMETHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring: On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Business Education have had one year of high school typewriting, (Interim) MAJOR: 12-14 Courses. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101,102,131; Business Education 110,364, 460,465; Economics 122,123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. (Fall) 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262,263, and Business Education 108. Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. (Interim) ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 219. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, acertificate will be awarded upon completion of the following: Business Education 108,110,221,350,353,364,460 and Business Administration 101,102,131 and Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the general education requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit) The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. Fall) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent. Spring) 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-120 words a minute. (Prereq.: 121 or equivalent. Spring) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1975-76) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. (Spring) 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate years, 1976-77) Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122,123,251,258,454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122,123,251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101,102,261,373,379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120.122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall) placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to but not required for the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295,495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Chairman: Earl Alton GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116(or105,106),351,352,353,361andone advanced course which may include Biochemistry. Physics 121,122, and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Participation in seminar. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to have Mathematics 124, 125 the freshman year, and Physics 121,122 the sophomore year. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106), and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124,125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to 2 semesters also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223,353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same asthe graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. certification after July, 1979 requires course work in earth and life sciences. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Department of Chemistry of approved research; participation in semin ar Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351, 352. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high schoolchemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward the major. lo59 lo6 PRINCIPLES OF Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351,353,0r223. concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115,116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemislry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 15, Fall; 76, Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or course Designed for medical technology students and others in a paramedical science area whose professional goals require less than the more intensive two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to the biological and environmental sciences. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Offered lnterim for majors as per lnterim schedule. Offered Spring, especially for Medical Technology majors: 3 lectures, one 4.5 hour laboratory) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of reaction mechanisms. Infrared and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4.5-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using avariety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. a, This major, offered by the five colleges in the Cooperative Program, consists of 12 to 16 courses distributed as follows: Four courses in Chinese and/or Japanese Ianguage Four Courses in cultural specialization a, Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year. East Asian Studies Four courses in comparative emphases Confer with Donald Gustafson of the history department, or Donald Steinmetz of the foreign languages department, for information on specific courses that may apply toward this major. Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. The student is advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for certification in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, one interim, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371,372; and 481, 482 and electives 2. Physical Education 111, Safety and Drug Education 3. Library Science 358, The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Interim) First Professional Semester (for juniors or seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. 361, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Admission to elementary education. Fall, Spring) 371,372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq: Concurrent registration in 361, 362. Fall, Spring) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher certification. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Certification Program: 481,482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq: 361,362,371,372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq: 481,482 and483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher certification program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average-minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: a) Educ. 265, Orientation to Education (Secondary) b) Educ. 359, Competencies: Secondary Education c) Educ. 478, School and Society d) Educ. 480,481,482 (two courses minimum), Student Teaching e) Psych. 105, General Psychology f) P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education g) Educ. 361,365 or 373 for art, physical education, or music majors Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching Certification - Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Suc- cessful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg course P.E. 111, Safety and Drug Education) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Certification Program courses. General Information: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education certification: Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special certificate which allows them to teach in all grades (K-12) in their special area. A person working for certification in one of these special areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas is advised to take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching on both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION Teaching procedures, materials and projects, both general and in the student's major concentration. The two phases must be taken concurrently as one course: general teaching methodology from the Education Department and special methods from the department of the major field. Human Relations Laboratory. (Prereq: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program). Special methods are offered in the following major fields: American Studies (Spring) Art (Spring) Business (Spring) Health and Physical Education (Fall) English (Spring) Social Studies (Spring) Mathematics (Spring) Music (Spring) Natural Science (Spring) Foreign Language (Fall, Spring) Speech and Drama (Spring) 361 ART METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of art at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Materials and methods for teaching physical education. Includes also the American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and junior high school) Materials and methods for the teaching of music at the elementary and junior high school level. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by astudy of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq: senior standing. Fall, Spring) Library Science MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and high school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis during the student teaching experience. (Prereq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 265,359. Fall, Spring) Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in avariety of library situations in the metropolitan area. Geography 114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN WORLD 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE An introduction to the basic concepts of geography through an emphasis on the historical development of the Mediterranean World and the role of geography in the human exploitation of the region. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 489 INTRODUCTION TO NON-PRINT RESOURCES Production and use of audio-visual materials in libraries and library systems. This course offered in conjunction with the 5-College Cooperative Program. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) a, Augsburg College and the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) are cooperating in aThree-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University in a five-year period, with the first three years being spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the Washington University School of Engineering. Stu- a, Chairman: Barbara Andersen MAJOR: 9 courses, including 3 courses in British literature (1 course from literature before 1660), 1 course in American literature, 1 course in world literature (a course outside the Anglo-American tradition), and course 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. A course in expository writing (219) is required. Courses 250 and 438 recommended. Speech 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and Library Science 475 are required. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering dents accepted into the program will be guaranteed admission to the Washington University Engineering School, provided they are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Department of English Honors thesis may be an independent study program. MINOR: 5 courses, including one course in British literature, and either 219 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 219 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of elective courses in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 412,416; English 271,331, 332,336,337,367,368,423,438, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221,222; American Studies 232; English 241,250,351,367,368, and sometimes 282,490,491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102,360,361; Philosophy 242,110,343,370; German 244; French 242; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241,261,271,272,423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic value and the historical significance of the film medium. See also description under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. (Spring) 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of selected American writers from Colonial times through the emergence of naturalism; reading and analysis of significant works; attention is also given to the contribution of the writer to the historical development and literary movements of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE English 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course. Study of the works of selected classical Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. (Fall, Spring) 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 272 LITERARY CLASSICS The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. (Fall, Spring) 219 ADVANCED WRITING 282 TOPICS IN LITERATURE A course designed to develop advanced skills in avariety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. (Fall, Spring 1975-76) 288 LITERARY CRITICISM A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students will study the works of historical, pyschological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of the works of significant Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Spring) Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. (Alternate years, 1975-76 Fall) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE 368 MODERN DRAMA While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1976-77) Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1976-77) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 367 MODERN POETRY 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel through study of selected British, American, and continental novels. (Alternate years, 1975-76) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) - - - - Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or consent of department chairman, Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) - Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Ruth Aaskov Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited for their particular level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign lanhowever, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at the beginning of any term and after consultation with the instructor. Students placed in a particular course wishing to register for a more elementary course may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II For students with a knowledge of basic Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the spoken language are reviewed and intensively practiced using cultural readings in Chinese characters and, in the second semester, selections from contemporary Chinese history and literature. Prereq.: one year of college-level Mandarin Chinese or #) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. One interim plus one semester, or one semester plus one summer of study in France strongly recommended. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. One interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive practice in the basic structures and vocabulary of the spoken language, as well as with Chinese characters and the written language. In the second semester, use of the spoken language is in conjunction with graded cultural readings using Chinese characters. Foreign Language Methods for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 011 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. Offered on demand. - - 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system, basic noun groups and verb forms, and sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and speaking on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on advanced placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have studied most of the basic structures may here review all tenses and some other structures through a core of twentieth-century French literary readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. Two hours laboratory work. (Fall) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skill to pursue general reading and literary study in French. (Spring) 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore stand- ing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Fall) 311 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate level. Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.(Fall) 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered Interim 1975, and on demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years. Fall 1976) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding the French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years. Fall 1977) 351 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey of the major literary works from the twelfth century renaissance through the six- teenth century. These include the epic, courtly romance, early historians, early theatre, lyric poetry, fiction, and the essay. Oral and written reports in French, some laboratory texts. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1977-78; offered every third year) 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey of the major literary contributors to the classical age in France and the intellectual, social, and ethical currents reflected in their works. Theatre, poetry, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1976-77. Offered alternate years) 353 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of the major works contributing to the enlightenment or age of reason and the romantic movement that followed. Primarily prose writers, poets and dramatists. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Spring 1976-77. Offered every third year) 354 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I A survey of the nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, Zola, etc.), Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and literary emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Fall 1975-76. Offered every third year) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every third year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #, junior standing. Spring) 451 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (Proust, Mauriac, Malraux, St. Exupery, Sartre, Camus, RobbeGrillet, Duras, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 332,354, or 355 recommended. Spring 1977. Every third year) 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:311 or #. Recommended 332,352, or 353. Spring 1977-78. Offered every third year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study in depth of an author, topic, or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See Interim suggestions) (Prereq.: 311 and one survey (351,352,353,354,355) Offered upon demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a ma- jor paper and its defense are included. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) more universal perspective of world literature. Credit for this course does not apply to a major or minor in German. (Fall) German 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1, Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with less than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall, Spring. 112 Fall, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall. 212, Spring) Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 1977) 351 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from the heroic and courtly literature of the middle ages, the Reformation era, Baroque and the pre-classic period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by lectureson the history of German literature and its cultural and geopolitical backgrounds. (Fall 1976) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 352 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1780 1890 Principle works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also in the Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, Poetic Realism and Naturalism. Lectures treat literary history and its relation to social, political and intellectual questions. (Spring 1977) - 353 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 20TH CENTURY Principle works of Impressionism and 20th century are read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Hesse, Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war literature. Stress on literature as it reflects the concerns and crises of our times. (Fall 1975, 1977) 211 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Seleclion from the New Testament with special emphasis given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Fall 1976, thenceforth yearly) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 111, 112 BEGINNING JAPANESE I, II Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Fall 1975, 1977) Introduction to Japanese language and culture. Practice in the basic sentence pattern, conversational expressions and, in the second semester, simple composition to enable students to speak and write Japanese. Japanese syllabary and Chinese characters are learned gradually from the very first lesson. 451 GERMAN PROSE 211, 212 INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE I, II Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Spring 1977) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Spring 1976, 1978) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11 Fall, 112 Spring) Continued practice in advanced sentence pattern, conversation, composition and reading to improve the student's comprehension and facility in expression of Japanese. Reading materials will be chosen from avariety of fields. Some general discussions on the history of Japanese language, literature and culture. (Prereq.: one year of college-level elementary Japanese or #) Linguistics 311 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguisticresearch: tagmemics, stratificational grammar, transformational-generative grammar, case grammar, generative semantics, with the aim of illuminating the underlying philosophical assumptions, the investigational criteria and the explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will also be contrasted with respect to their affiliations with adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory and the way in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (Spring) present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Inquiry into the psychological foundations of language and the contribution of modern linguistics to psychology. Relevant findings of recent linguistic research are examined for their implications for various psychological topics: the acquisition and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, innate ideas and psychological universals. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program 111, 112 BEGINNING RUSSIAN I, II Basic language skills in Russian. (Fall, Spring) Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson (Director) MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. Variable courses such as 331 and 345 are offered each year. These courses solicit students from the community on a non-credit basis as well as college students on a credit basis. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 11, Fall. 112, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 331 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered 1973-74. Fall) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic Communities in Minnesota. (Offered Fall, 1974-75, soliciting students from the community on a noncredit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring) SPANISH MAJOR: 8 courses above 214, including 315, 456 or 457,416,352-353 or 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 214, including 315, 331, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America strongly recommended) 111, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (111, Fall, Spring; 112, Spring) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Spring 1977) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Offered on demand.) 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 213, 214 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 112 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 213, Fall; 214, Spring) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (Fall) 315 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent. This course is a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fa11) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 416 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Spring) Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Spring 1976, 1978) 417 ADVANCED GRAMMAR 352,353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II 456 SPANISH DRAMA A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (352, Fall 1974, 1976. 353, Fall 1975, 1977) Systematic study of the refinements of grammatical usage. (Offered on demand) Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1976, 1978) 457 SPANISH NOVEL 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Spring 1977) a, Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR 8 courses plus 1 seminar At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval: Modern Europe: US.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The history major with certain supporting courses, qualifies a Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Spring 1977) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History student for certification as a social studies teacher on the secondary level. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social Studies Education Adviser, for details. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 over-all; application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in sequence. 331 TOPICS IN 20TH CENTURY U.S. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, and the post-New Deal era. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Spring) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; riseof the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Fall, 1976-77) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1975-76) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Fall, 1976-77) with and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements will especially focus on Vietnam, Phillippines, Burma and Indonesia. (Fall) 412 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. (Spring) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium war of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Spring, 1976-77) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the distinctive features of the Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, the Meiji restoration, modernization, and Japan's emergence as a major world power in the 20th century. (Spring, 1975-76) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the 12th to the 20th centuries, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Fall, 1976-77) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events and developments in the area due to confrontation This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. a, Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,224, 314,324, and 315 or 325. For teacher certification, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must includeadvanced study in areas of Real Algebra, gy, and Mathematics-Education. Department of Mathematics 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction to mathematical models and structure. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. No course credit will be giuen to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Spring 1975, alternate years) 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, and logarithms. (Fall) Ordinary differential equations with applications; series solutions; systems of differential equations; solution by special transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 121,122 CALCULUS I, II Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications from the non-physical sciences. Primarily for students in the social sciences. (121, Fall; 122, Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 224.21 1 is recommended. Fall) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, the algebra of matrices and canonical forms. (Prereq.: 314. Spring) 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224. 324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, regression and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 416 TOPICS IN ALGEBRA An in depth study of topics introduced in Introduction to Modern Algebra, including extension fields and an introduction to Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1977 offered alternate years) 427 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, integration and differentiation of complex func- tions, Taylor and Laurent series, residues. (Prereq.: 324. Spring 1977, offered alternate years) 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 315, 324. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 454 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countability axioms. (Prereq.: 324 or concurrent registration. Spring 1976, offered alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 245 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted towards a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: Computer Science 245 and Mathematics 224 or concurrent registration. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $25.00) a, This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin General Hospital, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. a, Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 15 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 111, 362,363,381, and 383; plus a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning*; a minimum of one course in internship and/or independent study. The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology 110; Business Administration 131; Business Education 101; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351; History 431; Psychology 351 and 352; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internhips, and independent studies, by approval of the Director and the Advisory Council. Medical Technology Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2)Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies METRO-URBAN STUDIES CONCENTRATION: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, business education, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111 ; a trans-disciplinary seminar in metro-urban planning * ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. *The course in metro-urban planning is not as yet a regular part of the course offerings. The interim, independent study, and internship can provide opportunities for such a course. For planning either the Major or the Concentration, consult the Director of the program. Creative alternatives to the above suggested programs will be considered. Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karle'n MAJOR: 12 courses: 101,102,223,224,260, 261,350 or 476,354 or 355,365 or 375,457, 458,4 years of Performance Studies, 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency, and music repertoire tests. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses: 101,102,223, 224,260,261,350 or 476,457,458,two of 354, 355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire test. Also see requirements of the Department of Education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 13 courses plus 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2 years; 2 years in a music organization; piano proficiency; and music repertoire tests. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: ( I ) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE): 101,102,223,224,260, 261,354,355,365,382,395,435,457,476; Clinical Experience in Music Therapy; 3 years of Performance Studies; Psychology 105,362; Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 111,121, 231, 232, 375; plus electives in physical education, psychology, art, English, religion, foreign languages; and speech, communication and theater arts. The major follows the approved curriculum of the National Association for Music Therapy. MINOR: 5 courses: 101,102,260or 261,458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and two music repertoire tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops and campus recitals also required. Those wishing to major in Music or to pursue the Bachelor of Music degree must declare their intent not later than the end of their Freshman year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their Sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and all campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomores, juniors, seniors. All music majors and minors, must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during eitherthe junior or senior year. A recital in their areaof Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors are required to pass three Music Repertoire tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire tests. Information regarding the test may be secured from the Music Office. Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8 terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2 terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Performing Organizations Requirements: Major and Bachelor of Music, 2 years; Minor, 1 year. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, hands together and with correct fingering, at moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a Romantic or modern piece; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymntune grade. One of the pieces (b or c) must be played from memory. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four terms of weekly half-hour lessons. 101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counter-point, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (101,223, Fall, 102,224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques, and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, (1) pass an advanced standing test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first term at Augsburg. The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSlC An objective analysis of musical stimuli: design and implementation of experimental research in music. give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 495 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN MUSlC THERAPY Observation of various music therapy programs in hospitals and treatment centers. Dates and times to be arranged. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates with music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and ar-. ticulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) a, NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 111,112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105,106, or (115,116), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121,122,245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after con- Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition, Orchestra Membership by audition. Choral Club, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, String Orchestra, Instrumental Ensembles Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science sultation with a member of the Physics Department. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 111, 112,491 or 492, and 2 upper.division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116, or (105,106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. a, Augsburg College has tentative plans to offer a nursing program leading to the Bachelor of Nursing Science degree beginning in Fall 1975. Interested persons should write to the Office of Admissions for further information. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach 120 ETHICS MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130,241,242, 343. and 344. Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy HONORS PROGRAM is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. 130 LOGIC Courses 110,120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. Suppose someone gave you reasons, and then said you had to accept a given conclusion. Do you? Does the conclusion follow from the given premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) 110 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE Socrates said that the unexamined life is not worth living. We want you to take a look at your beliefs to see whether or not they are worth holding. What do you know? What makes things what they are? Must you be able to define the good before you can do it? These and other questions will be looked at through the eyes of the ancient Greek philosophers to see what they have to say to modern man. (Fall, Spring) How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? What did Aristotle the scientist think of this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, and explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 1975) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1976) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world -can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1975) 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1976) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings- both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. Attempt will be made to deal in depth with such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, paradox, and the leap of faith. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies in such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, etc. (Suggested prior course: 344) 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 241,242, 343, or #.) Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education' and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. 223, 231, 232, 243, 351, 352, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 10 courses. 111,223,231,232,243,351,352, 365, 471, 472. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: Physical education 111,231,232,243,351, 352,471,472,485,491,495. Psychology 361, 362,355; and one additional Human Physiology course is also required. required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of .physical education and . athletics. Physical Education 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. (Fall, Spring) PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses. 111, 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 110, 111, 351, 360, and Sociology 231. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 5 courses. 111, 243,351,482 and practicum in coaching. (Practicum requires registration for 499, Independent Study) Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota public schools are 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. (Fall, Spring) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND AQUATICS 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. (Fall) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS 351 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. (Prereq.: Biology 103, Chemistry 105. Spring) Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. (Spring) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 351, 352, Summer School only) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Spring) A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 351, 352. Summer School only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross Instructors Course in First Aid. (Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital.'lncludes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 485,491, and approval of department) Consult department chairman. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fall) Directed intensive study in the area of Physical Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or senior only) Health Education 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) Curriculum, organization and administration of the school health program. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1975) a, Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson 121, 122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II MAJOR: 9 courses, including 245,351,362, and 395. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures. 3-hour laboratorv. frereq.: r at he ma tics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of twoparticle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in a, Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The major in Political Science will consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics (Sociology 365): 121 or 122; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq,: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints: the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) Department of Political Science 5 areas*. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: The minor in Political Science will consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 122; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. ing upon and affected by the Presidency, Congress and the Supreme Court. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 2.75 over-all. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than April 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. For specific information, consult the Honors Adviser in the department. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122,158 or 160. Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq,: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The electoral process, emphasizing political parties: their development, structure, and relationship to other factors in the process. Field work with parties, pressure groups and other relevant organizations. (Students may not take BOTH 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) The Urban Requirement may be filled by Political Science 122,342 or by an Internship, Independent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Students interested in secondary education niay take one of the three broad social science options with a concentration in Political Science. See the Department Chairman for more information. Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public opinion research and political public relations. For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. See Section I1 for description) 121 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I Presidential, congressional and judicial policy-making in the American national political system; contemporary political issues imping- (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 356 PUBLIC OPINION AND POLITICAL BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of public opinion and the determinants of voter choice, including study of attitudes, values and personality factors in political behavior. (Offered in non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: #) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and policies. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or # I Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 353 POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT The modernization process in developing areas with particular attention to the creation, maintenance, and administration of political structures. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered on demand) IV. PUBLIC LAW 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) temporary Communism, and the impact of historical traditions in the Soviet Union and other communist states. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq.: SocialStatistics; Political Science 158 or 356; or # . Offered alternate years.) Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through the eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of their thought having continuing significance for an understanding of contemporary political issues and the problems of human society. (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II Recent political philosophy and ideology, including readingsfrom individualist, anarchist, socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic, conservative and liberal authors. The contemporary search' for political processes and structures appropriate to human potentials and limitations. (Offered alternate years.) 382 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist theories, the development and uses of ideology in con- Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) a, Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR: 10 courses. One or two supporting courses from other departments may also be required. The major program is planned in consultaton with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses will include 105,264,265,493, and 498. Basic courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 105,264,265,355,357,359,481,498, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program will usually include 105 in the freshman year, 264, 265 and often 355,357 in the sophomore year, and 493 and 498 in the senior year. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) It is recommended that psychology majors take some course work from among the following courses: Biology 103,111-112,355, 473; Chemistry 105-106 or 115-1 16,.223; Mathematics 121-122 or 124-125-224,373; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics 103, 261. 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105.264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 351 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) MINOR: 5 courses including 105. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration is to be made during the junior year. 352 DEVELOPMENTALPSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351. Spring) 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in biology; two courses i n biology are recommended. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a widevariety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideraton of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 361. Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fa11) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. (Does not count toward Natural Science General Education requirement.) 481 HISTORY AND THEORY 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) History of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq.: 3 courses. Fall) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science to the study of such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 498 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research in which students select an area of investigation, plan the appropriate design, collect data, and write a research re- a, Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck port according to the standards established by the American Psychological Association. Critical review and discussion of individual research projects. (Prereq.: Senior standing and #. Fall, Spring) \' 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rational and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) MAJOR: 8 courses, two of which may be upper division New Testament Greek. The major shall include one interim course; and at least three out of the following four areas shall be represented by at least one course : 352-356, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484, 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.25 in the major and 3.00 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. 352 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP MINOR: 5 courses Religion 111 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to avariety of worship services. (Fall) 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed'and discussed. (Spring) - 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to the history of religion. An historical survey beginning with pre-historic times and continuing to the present of some of the major religious traditions and forms of faith found in India, China, and Japan (special attention will be given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist, Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose of this survey is to introduce both the variety and the continuity of these traditions and to illuminate what they have meant or mean to their participants, as well as their significance to the rest of mankind. (See under Department of Music) 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. (Fall) 361 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers through Augustine. 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) - 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1975-76) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1976-77) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definintions of the church. (Spring) a, Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist This major is designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies and for others who desire a broad major in this area. A major consists of 14 courses, which may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Spring) Social Science ics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least 2 courses in history and 2 courses in political science: History 104,440,463,464,465,474,495; Political Science 351,353,361,363,382,495,499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384; Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362,363 or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. . . - . . .. - - 7 courses in history: adistribution of these courses among the fields of American, European, and Non-Western is encouraged -at least 4 of these courses must be upper division and one a seminar; 2 courses in political science; 4 courses : 1 each in geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363; Economics 379 or 495). For a Social Science major with a NonWestern emphasis to meet the requirements of the State of Minnesota for a high .school teacher of the social studies, there must be among the courses taken at least 7 courses in history or in political science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course in geography; 1 course in anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses in the methodology of the Social Sciences (Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365 or 362,363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other courses in economics, political science, and sociology, with at least 2 courses in each discipline and at least 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper division course in econom- 1 course in each of geography, anthropology, statistics; 11 courses in history, political science, and economics, with at least 3 in each discipline and at least 5 upper division courses, to be selected from the following: Political Science 158,160,350,351,353,361,363, 381,382,495,499; History 103,104,332,416, 440,463,464,465,474,495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. a, Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: Joel Torstenson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121,362,363,375,485,487, and an interim course. MINOR: 5 courses including 121, and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilitiesof human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY The development of sociological consciousness; its motifs, perspectives, and linguistic forms; sociological models for analyzing the structures and dynamics of society, community, groups, and personality; the role of sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Basic background for advanced work in sociology. (Fall, Spring) historical, social and cultural contexts. An examination of their relativity and complex interaction as well as alternative approaches towards solutions. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideaof culture; the person's relation to culture; language and its relation to multiple ways of seeing the world. A comparison of "primitive" and "civilized" world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, religion, work, and play. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons; physically handicapped; emotionally disturbed; and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending on needs and interest. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY The structure and function of the family unit and its place through time in the larger social system. Includes interaction within the family, sex roles, developmental stages and alternatives to the traditional family unit. (Fall, Spring) 232 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL PROBLEMS An analysis of the causes and nature of the contemporary social problems in light of their 362,363 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An integrated two-course sequence in sociological research; analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach; basic problems and procedures of research; statistical tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life; use of data processing equipment and computers in sociological research. Stresson application of the skills and procedures learned. Sociology majors are strongly encouraged to take this sequence their junior year. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or # ; high school algebra. Fall, Spring) utilized as a major learning laboratory. (Prereq.: Soc. 111 or #. Spring) 365 SOCIAL STATISTICS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only) Scientific methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, calculating measures of central tendency, variability and association, statistical inference and hypothesis testing. Not open to sociology majors. Spring term is designed especially for Social Work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall, Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or lntership Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. (Prereq.: 121. Spring) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of grou,p norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Special attention is paid to the social and situational components of phenomena commonly seen as individual problems: phenomena such as mental retardation, mental illness, I.Q. test performance. (Prereq.: 121 or Psychology 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and in various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; compelling challenges of the emerging metropolis; and metro-urban policies, programs and systems for shaping the future. The Twin Cities metropolitan area (its central cities, suburbs, and new-towns) will be An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 487 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of social stratification and social organization; their structural and dynamic dimensions. Major attention is focused upon stratification and large-scale organization in an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology, including 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul Steen MAJOR: The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but freshmen and sophomores are advised to take Social Work 257 or to have other significant volunteer experience before majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: Psychology 105; Sociology 121,365,375, and 383; Social Work 351,352,353,461 or 463, and 467. One course in the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program should be taken (see the index in this catalog to find where to read about CHR courses). The following are highly recommended: Economics 122; Political Science (one of the following) 121, 122,325, or326; Psychology 351 and 352 (may be substituted for Sociology 375) and 362; Social Work 257 or 357 (to be taken as freshman or sophomore); and Sociology 231 and 232. 257 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects in the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. (Interim) 351 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic features of the helping process; social work as a profession; brief descriptive attention to the principal methods of social work; public and private welfare systems in urbanizkd ~ r n e r i c aTwo . class periods and six hours field experience per week. (Prereq.: junior standing or #. Fall) 352 SELECTED PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL WELFARE A pair of seminars consisting of social security (required) and one additional seminar in such topics as mental retardation, alcohol and chemical dependency, or the ecology of welfare. Field experience of 16 hours a week to learn by practice the basic skills of social work. (Prereq.: 351 and junior standing, or #. Interim) 353 SOCIAL WORK METHODS Direction and application of principles and techniques of social work interventive methods. Reflective seminar use of prior and concurrent experiences in field work. Two lectures a week plus 6-8 hours a week in field setting. (Prereq.: 352. Spring) 357 SUMMER WORK-STUDY A summer work experience of ten weeks or longer in a service-giving role through assignment as an employed staff or full-time volunteer member in asocial agency or institution. Special opportunity to consider career aspects of social work. Reflective, analytical reports and participation in seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (Summer) 358 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK - STUDY IN SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With faculty approval a topic is selected for independent study relating to the work experience. Study to be reported in a major paper of high quality. ,-- ......"., /<~rmrnerI 461 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY IN SPECIAL AREAS Emphasis on the refinement of social work practice skills and development of role models for effective service in programs serving special groups such as the aged, mentally retarded, chemically dependent, and youth. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours field practice. (Prereq.: 353. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENTAND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Two lecture periods a week plus either (a) for majors, 8 hours related field experience; or (b) for non-majors, 8 hours related field experience or an approved plan for independent work in community study or planning. (Prereq.: #. Fall) a, 467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL WORK Responsibilites assigned as a professional social worker in some social welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students selected for stipended positions. 12 to 20 hours per week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major. Spring) Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIONMAJOR: 10 courses, including: 342,351 or 352,354,487 and English 219. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 111, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 111,116,228,232,360,361,366,467.A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an ~ n ~ l i minor s h or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Dramaor Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 116, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts majors: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, light and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,241, or 243,351 or 355,352,354, 360,476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467,476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 111,228,232,241 or 243,351, or 355,352,354,360,361,366,467, 476 or avoice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360,476 and participation in forensics. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,360,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of film as an art form; major developments in film history; analysis of significant films, with emphasis on aesthetic rather than technical elements. (Spring) 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION Practical experience in the production of radio and television programs of diverse kinds: news programs, talk shows, documentaries, and drama in both media, noting the restrictions and specialties of each form. (Offered 1974-75. Fall) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY A study of the distinctive character of each of the major mass media, with emphasis on their role in society. See also description under Department of Political Science. (Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers as well as elementary and secondary school teachers. (Fall) Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Spring) 228 STAGECRAFT 353 ADVERTISING Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Fall) An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Offered 1974-75. Spring) 352 PERSUASION - 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 399 INTERNSHIP Introduction to communication dynamics embracing scientific as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. (Spring) Consult the Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Fall) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication theory. (Fall) 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper division students only. (Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) a,-- Transdisciplinary Major A student who wishes to follow an individually designed major may do so under the title: Transdisciplinary major. Although this major may not be well suited for students who plan to pursue graduate studies, it does enable them to obain a broad major with concentration in two or more areas. The major must include at least two-thirds of the number of courses required in each of two major fields offered at the college. Students who plan to obtain a transdisciplinary major must sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of their sophomore year. The contract must be approved by their adviser and by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1973-74 .......................... . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,840 .. 285 Summer Session, 1974 ................................................................. Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1973 ................................................................ 5,736 Graduates, 1974 (August 31, 1973-May 19, 1974) ......................................... 315 A RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French). Department Chairman COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota JAMES AGRE, Soccer Coach MARY ALEXANDER, Assistant Professor of Education, M.A. Kansas State University (Secondary Education) *WARREN ALM, Artist in Residence in Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University, Department Chairman ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Librarian, Instructor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies B KENNETH C. BAILEY, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B. BALTINA, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, University of Latvia (German and Russian) *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern University (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, Instructor of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERN BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal Justice Studies) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M. Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary WILLIAM CARIS, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, University of Iowa (Head Football Coach) JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of lowa(Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) D F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University JOHN C. DAWSON, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1962, University of Minnesota (Director of the Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program) MARSHA DEWELL, Instructor of English, M .A. 1971, University of Chicago BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music, M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of the Choral Club, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University Department Chairman SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN 6. L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABlOLA FRANCO, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, lnstructor in Art, M.A. 1970, Penn State University MARK FUEHRER, lnstructor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1969, Augsburg College *JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate Professor of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Visiting Professor, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A. HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota (Voice) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota * P. TERRENCE HOPMANN, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1969, Stanford University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor of Health and Physical Education and Admissions Counselor, B.S. 1967, Indiana University (Head Basketball Coach) *VALIJA JAUNLININS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (German) *I.KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin Madison MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, Columbia University, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota (French) MOHAMED KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, (Director of the Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman *JAMES KINCANNON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor. M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota L *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, lnstructor of Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota JOHN K. LUOMA, lnstructor of Religion, Ph.D. 1974, The Hartford Seminary Foundation M RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARVIN McCOY, lnstructor of Music (French Horn) *MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska (Elementary Education) *ANN MEISSNER, Director of Nursing Education, Ph.D. 1964, U~~iversity of Wisconsin -Madison, M.P.H. 1969, University of California - Berkeley DIANA LEE METZKER, lnstructor in Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) *ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, LL.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) PETER MORICI, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics, M.A. 1971, University of New York at Albany GERDA MORTENSEN, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia University (Commissioner and Executive Secretary for the Norsemen's Federation; Secretary of the Executive Committee of the Norwegian-American 1975 Sesquicentennial Association for the Midwest) *KATSUYOSHl NAKAMURA, Instructor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1972, University of Minnesota (Greek) ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D:1971, University of Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University of Minnesota (American Studies) NORMA C. NOONAN, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University ESTHER J. OLSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) *VALERIE PACE, lnstructor of Sociology, B.A. 1970, University of Iowa RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin Madison ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman WARREN L. PERSONS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1968, University of Wisconsin LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana(String Instruments) Q MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University, Department Chairman STEVEN F. REUTER, lnstructor of Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of NebraskafElementary Education) *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS,Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish) S EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *KATHRYN SANDQUIST, lnstructor of Music, B.A. 1958, University of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England) LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) "IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Library Science) MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, and M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *ROBERT STACKE, lnstructor of Music (Percussion) PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) *CARROLL I. STEIN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Minnesota DONALD 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman TONI THORNTON, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D.1973, University of California - Santa Barbara NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin Madison JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota(Metr0Urban Studies), Department Chairman *EUGENE VUICICH, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M. 1967, Indiana University (Instrumental Music, Director of the String Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of Sociology/Social Work, M.S.W. 1973, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Associate Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *STEVEN WRIGHT, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass) * Part-time Administration ......................................................... .................................................... President.. College Pastor,. Oscar A. Anderson Lowell Brandt FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management.. ........................ Burton P. Fosse Wayne Pederson Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !. . Director of Plant Services ...........................................Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services ........................................... Carl Stromer Director of Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Beardsley Director of Auxiliary Services ......................................... Douglas P. Wasko Manager of the Book Store.. ........................................ Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services. ............................... Herald Johnson Director of Personnel ............................................... Charles Gerster Administrative Assistant for Operations and Programs.. ................................................ Mildred Nelson Supervisor, Printing and Mailing ..................................... Marcella Hagel Ice ArenaManager ..................................................Doug Smestad Custodial Supervisor.. .............................................. Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor. ............................................ Edwin Hovey ....... ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College ..........................................Kenneth C. Bailey Associate Dean of the Faculty F. Mark Davis and Director of Special Programs.. Registrar.. ......................................................... Mildred Joel Associate Registrar ................................................. Beverly Wegge Head Librarian. ..................................................... Marjorie Sibley Larry Glenn Director of Audio Visual Services John C. Dawson Director of MUSIP .................................................. Louise McColl Coordinator of the New Dimensions Program .............................. .................................... ......................... DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development.. .................................... Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving .......................................... Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Foundation and Government Relations.. Donald A. Christenson Jeroy Carlson Director of Alumni and Parents Programs.. Office Manager.. ................................................... Irene Steenson .................. ........................... INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT Vice President for Institutional Advancement.. ........................ Bruce L. Gildseth College Relations Director of College Relations ........................................James Dock Associate Director of College Relations .............................. Michael Walgren Steven J. Vite Manager of Publications., ........................................... Admissions Director of Admissions.. Donald E. Webber Assistant Director of Admissions,. Dave Benzel Assistant Director of Admissions.. Barb J. Lundberg Karen Nelson Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor ..............................................Alan Bachman ............................................ ................................... .................................... .............................................. Student Affairs Dean of Student Affairs.. ............................................Marianne Sander Director of Student Development Resources ..........................Richard Thoni Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . ., .......................... Cindy Marsh Director of Career Planning and Placement.. ......................... Pat Olsson Joel Mugge Director of Student Programs.. Coordinator of Student Advising ..................................... Pat Leone Ralph Crowder Coordinator of Minority Affairs. ....................................... ...................................... ............................25 Academic Administration Academic Life Accreditation Administration Admission to the College Advanced Placement Advanced Standing American Studies Anthropology Art. Department of Bachelor of Music Degree Biology. Department of Board. Cost of Business Administration Business Education Calendar Campus Campus Map Chemistry. Department of Chinese Classification Communications Computer Science Conservation of Human , . Resources (CHR) Corrective Therapy Courses of Study Course Descriptions Credit by Examination Degrees Divisional Organization Early Admission Early Decision East Asian Studies Economics Education. Department of Education. Elementary Education. Secondary Engineering English. Department of Enrollment Expenses Faculty Financial Aid Financial Information Five College Cooperative Food Service French Foreign Languages Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements Geography German Grading Graduates (1870-1974) Graduates. Summary of Graduation Requirements Graduation With Distinction Greek ...................................... 11 ....................................... 7 ...................................... 94 .......................19. 32a ................................ 20 ................................. 20 ............................... 30. 29a .................................. 80 ...............................30. 7a ........................15. 62 ...........................33. 9a ...................................... 23 ........................35. 10a .............................37. I l a .......................................... 11 .......................................... 7 .......................................8 .......................40. 12a .....................................49. 16a ...................................... 29 ...............................83. 13a ..............................60. 19a ............ ................ 13. 5a .............................. 13. 68 ............................29. 30. 6a .............................30. 7a .............................. 29 ........................................15 ............................. 26 ................................ 20. 32a .................................. 20. 32a ............................. 42. 29a ..................................... 38. 14a .......................42. 15a ......................... .42. 15a ...........................43. 15a ..................................... 13. 46 ..........................46. 16a ................................. ...... 88 .......................................... 22 .......................................... 11. 87 ....................................... 21 ............................... 22 .................... . . . .. 12 ....................................... 18 ................. . . ....................49. 16a ............................. 49. 16a ...........................26 ....................11 .................................... .a. 1....................................... .52, 77e ............................................ 27 .............................88 .............................88 ........................... 25 .........................28 ..........................................53. 17s ...............................70. 22a ........................ 6 ..........................56. 18a ....................................14 ......................................... 17 .......................................6 ..................................28 ......................12. 3a .........................16. 17a .......................................... 53 .........................................47 ................................. 45. 15a ..................................... 53. 17a ...........................................6 ............................................. 12 Health Education History of Augsburg College History. Department of Honors Program Housing Identification Independent Study Inter-lnstltutional Programs Intercollegiate Athletics Japanese Journalism Library Science Linguistics Location Majors Mathematics. Department of Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) Music. Department of Music Therapy Nature and Objectives of Augsburg Natural Science New Dimensions Program Numbering of Courses Nursing Personnel of the College Philosophy. Department of Physical Education Physics. Department of Political Science. Department of Pre-Professional Training Probation and Dismissal Psychology. Department of Recreation Refunds Registration Religion. Department of Religious Life Room Costs Russian Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Majors Social Work Sociology. Department of Spanish Speech. Department of Student Life Student Services Summer School Study Abroad Symbol (#) Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Major Transfer to Augsburg Tuition and Fees Visiting the Campus .....................59. 18a ........................13. 61. 19a ............................61. 29a ....................15. 4a ...........................62. 21a ......................................62 .................. 6 ................................65. 29a ...........................17 ..............................29 .......................................... 66 ............................84 ......................66. 22a .............................68. 22a .........................70. 23a .................71. 24a .......................12. 29a ............................ 27 ......................75, 25a .........................................16 ............................................23 ...................................... 26 .........................77, 2Se ......................................16 ......................................... 23 ........................................54. 17a . ..................... ma .......................... 78. ................................60.81. 26a .64. 29a ....................... BO. 288 ........................................55. 1Ta .......................... 89.27a ........................................7% . ............................ .... .16 .......................... , ..... 13. 14 ......................................14 .....................................29. 30 .................................... 63, 280 ......................... 66,28a ....................... 18.20. 12a .................................... 22 ................................ Z Page numbers followed by the letter "a" refer only to pages in the Student Prospectus . Ifyou do not have a Prospectus. write the Office of Admissions. Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. Minnesota 55404. for a copy .
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1977
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 7 AUGSBURG COLLEGE The Interim The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College. It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o em...
Show more 7 AUGSBURG COLLEGE The Interim The I n t e r i m i s a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e s c h o o l y e a r a t Augsburg College. It i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a time p r o v i d i n g o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o employ s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r off-campus r e s o u r c e s i n ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. I' Graduation Requirements To g r a d u a t e , an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m c o u r s e s ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e number o f y e a r s of f u l l time e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e . g . , a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o complete one interim for graduation). There a r e no t u i t i o n r e f u n d s f o r s t u d e n t s who choose not t o e n r o l l i n an interim course. One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l time l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . Gradin~ComeListings Most i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e of 4 . 0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a ~ a s s / ~c roe d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m c o u r s e s a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s indicated i n the course description. Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m c o u r s e s have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments a n d / o r a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . Options June I n t e r i m At l e a s t two c o u r s e s w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1977 s e s s i o n of summer s c h o o l . An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m c o u r s e i n l i e u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e ; however, s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of t h e i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o take t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . Internships S t u d e n t s a r e n o t encouraged t o s e e k an i n t e r n s h i p c o u r s e assignment d u r i n g the interim. I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l term o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o the s p. r i n g term. O c c a s i o n a l l v a s t u d e n t who h a s had p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e c a n d e v e l o p an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h i p which draws upon and expands t h e p r e v i o u s work e x p e r i e n c e . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e ( S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than Monday, December 13. , 1 I I Independent o r D i r e c t e d Study S t u d e n t s may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r t h e i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y d i s c o u r a g e d from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y per i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: 1 ) meet d e p a r t m e n t a l requirements 2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n s t a t e m e n t from t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e s t u d y 3) submit t o t h e I n t e r i m d i r e c t o r by December 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e i n t e n d e d s t u d y ( t o p i c , p r o c e d u r e , end r e s u l t , and form of evaluation). S t u d e n t s n o t s u b m i t t i n g t h i s i n f o r m a t i o n by December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a n c e l l e d . I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m C e n t e r , Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e Twin CiCy c o l l e g e s and a t S t . Olaf w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t with t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e Hall). Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n c h a r g e s provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term. The waiver o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $350 f o r t h e interim course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own h o u s i n g and b o a r d i n g a r r a n g e m e n t s , though r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus h o u s i n g can be made t o t h e o f f i c e of t h e interim director. Class Times The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time. The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s m e e t i n g s was w e l l a s t h e beginning time w i l l be a r r a n g e d t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and l a s t c l a s s days of t h e interim. C l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 9 : 0 0 and c l a s s e s scheduled f o r P e r i o d I1 w i l l meet t h e f i r s t day a t 1 : O O . Interim Calendar November 1-4 Interim Registration December 6 Interim Registration January 3 F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m Class I 9 : 0 0 a.m. C l a s s I1 1 : U U p.m. January 4 L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d January 7 L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system J a n u a r y 21 L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s J a n u a r y 28 I n t e r i m ends &eck w i t h t h e I n t e r i m Center (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) o r w i t h I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , Dr. Mark Davis (Science H a l l 135, e x t e n s i o n 4 0 2 ) . Art Instructor: Paul Rusten Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . The making o f a 1 6 m sound f i l m . L a h Fee o f $70.00 Prerequisites : Distribution: None f o r Film-making I You must have taken Film-making I i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making I1 Humanities Time: I Room: Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l S p a t i a l Design I n s t r u c t o r : P h i l i p Thompson The s t u d y of environmental forms and c o n t e n t i n l i v i n g , working, t r a n s p o r t a t i o n and r e c r e a t i o n from a v a r i e t y of p e r s p e c t i v e s i n c l u d i n g f a m i l y , y o u t h , n a t i v e American, e l d e r l y , commerce, r e l i g i o n and t h e i n d i v i d u a l . Course r e q u i r e m e n t s w i l l i n v o l v e r e s e a r c h and s u r v e y a c t i v i t i e s a t s e v e r a l o f f campus s i t e s such a s commercial, e t h n i c , e n t e r t a i n m e n t , r e l i g i o u s and group h o u s i n g c e n t e r s p l u s one p r o j e c t t h a t m&y be u n d e r t a k e n i n d i v i d u a l l y o r i n groups o f two o r more. Options a r e the development of e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n c e p t s i n a r t media l i k e drawing, p a i n t i n g and assemblage a n d / o r t h e c r e a t i o n of f u l l s c a l e e x p e r i m e n t a l environments. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l count toward an a r t major. Prerequisites : None aistribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Art S t u d i o Biology-Physics 20322 ( B i o l o g y ) 84322 ( P h y s i c s ) Nuclear Radiation Science (Physical Science Emphasis): S p e c i a l Science Seminar Instructors : Oak R i d g e Robert Herforth Kermit P a u l s o n * A s t u d y of n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n w i t h e m p h a s i s o n a p p l i c a t i o n s and " h a n d s - o n " l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f ( 1 ) i n t r o d u c t o r y work o n r a d i a t i o n d e t e c t i o n and m e a s u r e m e n t ( p h y s i c a l s c i e n c e a p p l i c a t i o n s ) a t Augsburg. ( 2 ) p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e 1977 Oak Ridge S p e c i a l S c i e n c e Seminar where t h e s t u d e n t h a s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o d e s i g n h i s o r h e r c o u r s e o f s t u d y from p r o j e c t s i n n u c l e a r r a d i a t i o n physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental r a d i a t i o n , nuclear m e d i c i n e , h e a l t h p h y s i c s , and r a d i o l o g i c a l s a f e t y , and ( 3 ) summary and e v a l u a t i o n o f t h e program back a t A u g s b u r g . T h i s c o u r s e i s a c o o p e r a t i v e v e n t u r e w i t h Oak R i d g e A s s o c i a t e d U n i v e r s i t e s S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n , and i s t h e o n l y o p p o r t u n i t y O F i t s k i n d i n t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s . Two weeks o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be s p e n t i n Oak R i d g e , T e n n e s s e e u t i l i z i n g t h e i n s t r u c t i o n a l s t a f f and l a b o r a t o r y f a c i l i t i e s o f ORAU S p e c i a l T r a i n i n g D i v i s i o n . T h e s e f a c i l i t i e s p r o v i d e the opportunity f o r l a b o r a t o r y experience not normally a v a i l a b l e t o undergraduate students. Time w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o t o u r t h e a r e a i n c l u d i n g t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y and a l s o s p e c i a l l e c t u r e s , f e a t u r i n g s c i e n t i s t s rrom t h e n a t i o n a l l a b o r a t o r y , w i l l be p r e s e n t e d t o t h e S p e c i a l S e m i n a r P a r t i c i p a n t s . Prerequisites: Consent of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 30 Plants i n --- Human S o c i e t i e s (Have you t h a n k e d a p l a n t l a t e l y ? ) * P r o f e s s o r Kermit Pnulson i s o n l e a v e from t h e D e p t . o f P h y s i c s b u t w i l l be on t h e s t a f f o f O.R.A.U. - S p e c i a l Training Division f o r t h i s course. I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g A S t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n human s o c i e t i e s i'lanc a n a t o m y , m o r p h o l o g y , g e o g r a p h y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s k b r i e f survey of the e n t i r e plant t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . kingdom w i l l c o n c l u d e t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 213 Business-Economics 21495 ( B u s i n e s s ) 22495 (Economics) T o p i c s : I n t r o d u c t i o n t o D a t a Processing/COBOL I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto T h i s c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d f o r t h e s t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g a s p e c t s o f modern e l e c t r o n i c computer s c i e n c e . No p r e v i o u s L e c t u r e , programming knowledge of computer programming i s r e q u i r e d . a s s i g n m e n t and i n - c l a s s e x a m i n a t i o n s . I I1 I11 O p e r a t i n g system/programmer-interface 1 ) I n t r o d u c t i o n t o o p e r a t i n g system concepts 2) F i l e s t r u c t u r e 3) Job flow and e x e c u t i o n Job c o n t r o l l a n g u a g e 1) J o b c o n t r o l c a r d s 2) Permanent f i l e s 3 ) Loader c o n t r o l c a r d s 4) Other u t i l i t i e s COBOL P r o g r a m i n g Language (Major t o p i c ) 1 ) Elements 2) A d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s $18 l a b o r a t o r y f e e Prerequisites: None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Economics Principles of Economics (Micro) Instructor: S n y t a Gupta An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o m i c r o - e c o n o m i c s , t h e t h e o r y o f t h e h o u s e h o l d , f i r m , m a r k e t s t r u c t u r e s , and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n s o f e l e m e n t a r y economic t h e o r y t o m a r k e t p o l i c y . Prerequisites : Distribution: None Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 Chemistry Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry Instructors; E a r l Alton A r l i n Gyberg T h i s c o u r s e w i l l cover g r a v i m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , v o l u m e t r i c a n a l y s i s , and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c t e c h n i q u e s of a n a l y s i s . The c o u r s e i s t o be t a k e n by c h e m i s t r y m a j o r s normally i n t h e i n t e r i m of t h e i r sophomore y e a r . Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should take o l e m i s t r y 353 i n t h e s p r i n g . There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s , l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s and a s s i g n m e n t s . Prerequisites: Distribution : Chemistry 106 o r 116 None Time: I & I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 315 ( I & 1 1 ) , S c i e n c e H a l l 327 (11) Introduction to Chemical Research I n s t r u c t o r s : Earl Alton A r l i n Gyberg T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s j u n i o r and s e n i o r chemistry majors an o p p o r t u n i t y t o become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h chemical r e s e a r c h by p u r s u i n g a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l . The f a c u l t y member w i l l work w i t h s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s o f t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . The student i s required t o discuss h i s research with the i n s t r u c t o r before t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites: J u n i o r o r S e n i o r chemistry major Distribution: Time: I & I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318 E n e r g y A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Your F u t u r e *' h w Instructor : John Holum .a.a?&dLh&t. M $t@ihrXE~S- d' 11 b 'ha& .kta ' 185. the &--y 5-e:w*"Ll WL a t of ~ he b k d k EU hzomnft k ~ d p ~ d h s ti ; ~ ? m e S w a . ~ i l' Q h h n t b Xooi. $cGswiw ah-&. W ~ r*e L swtm f Wh*? IE'~ yaw futura at& dmb&mr QW \arZIRp $c, kh& h m 4 5 @ar8 w&llsfh e r ft ~ W ~ O U ITP ~ p . ~ ~ i -fa. &OSP &&S~MI rff=~v&y, kdh t l i a f m W U a p l baw~wdddrl gn * & h i H b e x wit1 be ~h-dd!~ Thtk WbMM BBuUSn* h* I bagw day4 c o u r s e w i l l d e a l h e a v i l y w i t h t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a l background and a n e t h i c a l f i b e r w i l l be needed. Thiq C O I I ~ ~r Pv i l l d e a l h e a v l l v with t h e i n f o m a t l o n a l b a c k g r o u n d , b u t m o r a l and e t h i c a l i s s u e s a r e i n t e r t w i n e d . w e ' l l u s e l e c t u r e s , s l i d e s , f i l m s and r e a d i n g s . Prerequisites: Distribution: High s c h o o l c h e m i s t r y o r e q u i v a l e n t Urban o r N a t u r a l S c i e n c e Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 320 Education-Sociology S c h o o l and t h e Urban ---- Community Instructors: J o e l Torstenson C a r o l Morl T h i s course i s e s p e c i a l l y designed LO study the h i s t o r i c a l , p o l i t i c a l , e c o n o m i c , and s o c i o l o g i c a l a s p e c t s of t h e u r b a n s e t t i n g t h a t r e l a t e t o s c h o o l s and t e a c h i n g . I t w i l l i n c l u d e a n a l y s i s of c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n t h e S t . P a u l and M i n n e a p o l i s s c l ~ o o lcommunities. The i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l u s e t h e Glenwood-Lyndale n e i g h b o ~ h o o d s i n n o r t h M i n n e a p c ~ l i s a s a l e a r n i n g laboratory. T h i s c o u r s e may be t a k e n Eor c r e d i t i n e i t h e r s o c i o l o g y o r e d u c a t i o n . I t w i l l i u l f i l l t h e Urban Concerns r e q u i r e m e n t . I t is a l s o considered t h e Urban Course f o r t h e Urban E d u c a t i o n program. Maximum e n r o l l m e n t : Prerequisites : 20 P e r m i s s i o n of one of t h e i n s t r u c t o r s Distribution: Time: I koom: L i b r a r y 201 Education Introduction , To E x c e p t i o n a l i t y Instructor: E i n s r Johnson The c o u r s e w i l l g i v e a s u r v e y o f s p e c i a l e d u c a t i o n i n c l u d i n g : 1 ) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and d e s c r i p t i o n of e x c e p t i o n a l c h i l d r e n - t h e p h y s i c a l l y h a n d i c a p p e d , t h e d e a f and b l i n d , m e n t a l l y r e t a r d e d and emotionally disturbed. 2 ) Recent r e s e a r c h f i n d i n g on c a u s e s , d e f i n i t i o n s and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f e x c e p t i o n a l i t y . 3 ) D i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n o f mainstreaming. Speakers w i l l include a c t i v e p r a c t i t i o n e r s i n t h e a r e a . V i s i t s w i l l be made t o s c h o o l s f o r o b s e r v a t i o n and e x p e r i e n c e i n s p e c i a l education. Special fees: S p e c i a l l a b o r a t o r y f e e f o r Field t r i p s , f i l m s , h o n o r a r i a : $15.00 Prerequisites: O r i e n t a t i o n t o Education, General Psychology o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Time: I Room: L i b r a r y 4 S LuJenL T e a c h i n g Instructor: E i n a r 0 . .Inhnson S t ~ ~ ~ l cw n ti ls l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r L u l l d a y s . Opportunities a r e proviiled i o r e s p e r i e n c e i n o h s e r v i n g and c l i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e s p e r i e n c e s tin t l ~ es e c o n d a r y s c h o o l l e v e l u n d e r t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o i c o l l e g e and I1iql1 s c l ~ o o lp e r s o n n e 1. Prereguisites: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and c o m p l e t i o n 01 t e a c h e r a i d e work a n d human r e l a t i o n s e l e m e n t s o r E d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s 2 6 5 , 359. Time: To he a r r a n g e d Room: Lihrory 8 D i s c o v e r y i n t h e World of K i n d e r g a r t e n Instructor: L a u r e t t a E. P e l t o n T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r t h e d i s c o v e r e d . B e c a u s e a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y o p e n i n g d o o r s of knowledge, a t e a c h e r n e e d s t o know a t what s t a t e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e an e n v i r o n m e n t i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y of k i n d e r g a r t e n c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , r e v i e w of t e a c h i n g a p p r o a c h e s and l a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e . Prerequisites: O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n i n a n Urban S e t t i n g #255; a d m i t t a n c e i n t o t h e Augsburg F d ~ ~ c a t i oprogram n or an elementary school teaching c e r t i f i c a t e Distribution: Time: I Room: Library 1 English The L i t e r a t u r e - of T e r r o r : T a l e s of H o r r o r , Mystery, InsLrucLor : Detection L o r r a i n e L i v i n g s ton Do you have a penchant For merder and d e c t i o n ? Do you l i k e s p i n e t i n g l i n g h o r r o r s t o r i e s ? You w i l l be a b l e t o swap e x p e r i e n c e s w i t h [ e l l o w s t u d e n t s a s you read hot11 c l a s s i c a l and modern m y s t e r i e s . A s e l e c t e d r e a d i n g l i s t w i l l i n c l u d e such works a s G r e a t 'Tales o f H o r r o r J e k y l and Mr. Flyde by Edgar A l l e n P o e , by Mary S h e l l e y , by Robert Louis S t e v e n s o n , Moonsl-one Ihy W i l k i e C o l l i n s , The Hound oC t h e B a s k e r v i l l e s by S i r A r t h u r Conan Ijoyle, Murder on Lhe O r i e n t Express by Agatha C h r i s t i e , The Crooked Hinge Iby John Dicltson (:art-, T l ~ eImng Goodbye by Raymond C h a n d l e r , Above S u s p i c i o n Iby llelen MacInnes, and I n Coltl Blood by Truman Capote. B r i e f L e c t u r e s w i l l he l o l l o \ ~ e c l Ihy class discussions. Each s t u d e n t w i l l w r i t e one s h o r t p a p e r on ;I st117j c . ~ , of h i s choice. &-. Prerequisites : None D i s t r i h ~ ~ t i o. n Humanities Tine: I1 Room: Old Main 21 ~ Underground Film Instructor: John M i t c h e l l Although t h e t r a d i t i o n of t h e f e a t u r e - l e n g t h n a r r a t i v e f i l m i s g e n e r a l l y well-known, s i n c e t h e 2 0 ' s t h e r e h a s been a n a l t e r n a t i v e f i l m t r a d i t i o n , v a r i o u s l y c a l l e d avant-garde, underground, personal, independent, o r v i s i o n a r y f i l m . The c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t a s u r v e y o f f i l m s from t h i s t r a d i t i o n , b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e French a v a n t - g a r d e f i l m s from t h e 4 0 ' s onward. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h i s g e n e r a l s u r v e y of f i l m s and f i l m m a k e r s , t h e works o f Maya D e r e n , James Brough t o n , Kenneth Anger, Bruce Conner, S t a n Brakhage, and Bruce B a i l l i e w i l l be g i v e n s p e c i a l e m p h a s i s . Conceptual approaches w i l l include Freudianism, s u r r e a l i s m , e x p r e s s i o n ism, a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m , l y r i c i s m , a b s t r a c t e x p r e s s i o n i s m , and s t r u c t u r a l i s m . The c o u r s e i s e s p e c i a l l y recommended t o s t u d e n t s w i t h i n t e r e s t s i n f i l m , a r t , and p o e t r y . A $10 l a b o r a t o r y f e e w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o o f f s e t t h e c o n s i d e r a b l e expense o f f i l m r e n t a l s . A t t e n d a n c e i s r e q u i r e d , s i n c e t h e f i l m s w i l l be shown d u r i n g c l a s s . I Prerequisites : Distribution: None Humanities Time: I Room: Science H a l l 123 The Contemporary Beyond S t a r T r e k : S c i e n c e F i c t i o n Novel I n s t r u c t o r s : Ron P a l o s a a r i and S c o t t Schumack ( f r e e l a n c e science f i c t i o n w r i t e r ) Science l i c t i o n i s often characterized as poorly w r i t t e n t a l e s o f rocket s h i p s , r a y g u n s , and p l o t s t o t a k e o v e r t h e u n i v e r s e . Modern s c i e n c e f i c t i o n , however, t r a n s c e n d s t h i s s t e r e o t y p e and i n c l u d e s many w e l l w r i t t e n works of p s y c h o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l p e n e t r a t i o n . This c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e n o v e l of t h e 1 9 3 0 ' s and demons t r a t e t h e ways i n which s c i e n c e f i c t i o n w r i t i n g h a s grown from i t s p u l p o r i g i n s t o i t s p r e s e n t r e l a t i v e l y l i t e r a t e form. The p r e r e q u i s i t e s f o r t h e c o u r s e i n c l u d e c u r i o s i t y a b o u t o r i n t e r e s t i n s c i e n c e f i c t i o n and t h e a b i l i t y t o read two o r t h r e e n o v e l s a week. Additional fee: Prerequisites: Distribution: Grading: $10.00 S e e l a s t p a r a g r a p h of c o u r s e d e s c r i p t i o n Humanities Optional Time: I Room: Old Main 25 C r e a t i v e W r i t i n g Workshop: Poetry Instructor: J o n i s Agee T h r e e s t u d e n t s from each of t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s o f t h e A s s o c i a t e d C o l l e g e s o f t h e Twin C i t i e s w i l l be c h o s e n , o n t h e b a s i s o f p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e workshop. We w i l l i n v e s t i g a t e s u c h problems a s v o i c e , form/ c o n t e n t , e x p e r i e n c e , and o r a l p r e s e n t a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o c o n t e m p o r a r y w r i t i n g and p u b l i c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e s . Evaluation w i l l b e made o n t h e b a s i s o f a body o f work completed by t h e end o f t h e workshop. C l a s s e s w i l l be i n a workshop f o r m a t and may i n c l u d e attendance a t l o c a l poetry events. I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Lorraine Livingston of t h e English f a c u l t y Prerequisites: Distribution: None Time: I1 Room: College of S a i n t Catherine T h e ~ r r ei n --- London Instructor: T o n i Clark T h e a t r e i n London w i l l p r o v i d e t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p e r i e n c e t h e f i n e s t t h e a t r e i n t h e w o r l d . The h e a r t of t h e c o u r s e w i l l be a t t e n d i n g and d i s c u s s i n g p r o d u c t i o n s of R e n a i s s a n c e , R e s t o r a t i o n and modern p l a y s p e r f o r m e d by t h e Royal S h a k e s p e a r e Company, t h e Old V i c , t h e Young V i c , t h e N a t i o n a l T h e a t r e , and o t h e r s . We w i l l a l s o v i s i t t h e B r i t i s h Museum, t h e V i c t o r i a and A l b e r t Museum, t h e N a t i o n a l P o r t r a i t G a l l e r y , t h e T a t e G a l l e r y , t h e Tower o f London, and go t o S t r a t f o r d upon Avon. Time w i l l be a l l o t t e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l s i g h t s e e i n g and s h o p p p i n g t r i p s , and f o r i n v e s t i g a t i n g t h e i n c r e d i b l e v a r i e t y o f r e s t a u r a n t s i n t h e c i t y . The g r a d i n g f o r t h e c o u r s e w i l l be P/N, based upon p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e p l a y s and p r o d u c t i o n s , and upon a j o u r n a l r e c o r d i n g s t u d e n t s ' i m p r e s s i o n s and a n a l y s i s of t h e p l a y s , d i s c u s s i o n s and e v e n t s o f t h e Interim. Approximate c o s t : Prerequisites: Distribution: $895 None Humanities IN English (Summer) Potpourri : R e a d i n g f o r Fun and C r e d i t Instructor: B a r b a r a Andersen I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s of 10-12 books. These books w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h o t h e r s i n t h e c o u r s e and t h e i n s t r u c t o r i n s m a l l g r o u p s , e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g t o common themes, books, o r a u t h o r s . Because s t u d e n t s w i l l h a v e i n d i v i d u a l s c h e d u l e s , r e a d i n g l i s t s must be approved b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term s o t h a t t h e s e s c h e d u l e s can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e suimner s e s s i o n . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Junior o r Senior standing & consent of i n s t r u c t o r Humanities S u m e r 1977 Foreign Language (Summer) 70330 C u l t u r e o f French Canada ---- I n s t r u c t o r : Mary E . Johnson ( a s s i s t e d i n e d u c a t i o n by Einar Johnson) A c o u r s e d e s i g n e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s f i r s t - h a n d knowledge o f s e v e r a l a s p e c t s of French-Canadian c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e and c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e , i n c l u d i n g t h e s t u d y o f b i l i n g u a l e d u c a t i o n . S t u d e n t s w i l l choose and r e s e a r c h t o p i c s o n some a s p e c t s o f French-Canadian c u l t u r e b e f o r e l e a v i n g , w i l l pursue ~t7m1 d u r i n g ilre e x p c r i e r ~ r e , snri w i l 1 make orill at14 w r i t Len r e p o r t s . IVrer~cli ma 101~s :i1%11 mirmrs will work ,in F r e ~ l r l i . l l e g - L ~ ~ n i r tign t l ~ cV o y a ~ e ~ lrounl r r y , t:l~e g r o u p wi l 1 v i s i r M o r ~ t - r e a l , l l ~ e c i c v i n the wur1.d; I-lien s t u d y i ~ h o r , ~;I t sectlrld I ; ~ r g e s r l ' r e i ~ d ~ - s t i c a k L n g week i r i ~ ! u r ! h r r , r : ; l l i i ~ a loi [;l.e$~clrc 1 1 1 ~ u r-i.n e l:,w~adrr;and u i l l t r u v e l ~ r v ~ ~ itile \ < l r:;lul>e P c n i n s l ~[ a r o nl1servt: Yrcncli-Canadian r ~ i r a l I it'e. V j s i i H t o s c h o o l s , museums, p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s , c u l t u r a l e v e n t s , e t c . I n t e r v i e w s w i t h s p e c i a l i s t s i n t h e a r t s , e d u c a t i o n , and government. Lodging i n t e n t s a t campgrounds and i n h o s t e l s . Cooperative meals. Offered f o r Foreign language general education d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement, f o r French c r e d i t by a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , and f o r e d u c a t i o n c r e d i t by p e r m i s s i o n o f t h e e d u c a t i o n d e p a r t m e n t . G r a d i n g PIN o n l y . 1; Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Consultation with e i t h e r i n s t r u c t o r F o r e i g n Language Summer 1977 I 1 I Norwegian Composition Conversation Instructor: L e i f E. Hansen I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian w i t h emphasis on p r o n u n c i a t i o n and o r i g i n a l c o m p o s i t i o n . Some a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o r e g i o n a l s p e e c h v a r i a t i o n s and t o d i f f e r e n c e s between t h e two o f f i c i a l l a n g ~ a ~ e s o f Norway. T h e r e w i l l be a v a r i e t y of c o n t a c t s w i t h n a t i v e s p e a k e r s of Norwegian now r e s i d i n g i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Norwegian 75211 o r e q u i v a l e n t S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s p e n d a t o t a l o f 5 h o u r s p e r w e e k i n l a b o r a t o r y work a n d / o r f i e l d e x p e r i e n c e . Distribution: F o r e i g n Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 3 Spanisli Instructor: Gunta R o z e n t a l s S t u d y of t h e o u t s t a n d i n g n o v e l i s t s of t h e n i n e t e e n t h and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s o i S p a i n . T h e r e w i l l be o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n S p a n i s h . Prerequisites: Distribution: 56352, 51353 o r e q u i v a l e n t F o r e i g n Language Time: I Room: Old Main 8 German Women W r i t e r s --- Instructor: William Oyler Women w r i t e r s h a v e p l a y e d a s i g n i i i c a n t r o l e i n German l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e 20th c e n t u r y . T h i s f a c t i s n o t s u f f i c i e n t l y a p p r e c i a t e d i n American s i n c e v e r y few works o f p r o m i n e n t German women w r i t e r s h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d i n t o E n g l i s h , and most o f t h o s e which h a v e been t r a n s l a t e d a r e now o u t o f p r i n t and t h e r e f o r e l a r g e l y i n a c c e s s i b l e . As a b e l a t e d c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Women's Y e a r , t h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e r n i t s e l f e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h t h e r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s i o n o i n a r r a t i v e p r o s e , drama and p o e t r y c r e a t e d by German w r i t e r s who happen t o be women and who r e p r e s e n t a g r e a t v a r i e t y of p h i l o s o p h i c a l o u t l o o k s and l i t e r a r y s t y l e s . The r e a d i n g s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be d e v o t e d p r i m a r i l y t o women of t h e 20th c e n t u r y , s u c h a s R i c a r d a Huch , Anna S e g h e r s , I l s e A i c h i n g e r , I n g e b o r g Bachmann, C h r i s t a Wolf, G e r t r u d von Le F o r t and E l i z a b e t h L a n g g a s s e r , a l t h o u g h t h e c o u r s e w i l l b e g i n w i t h a b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e r o l e o f women i n German l i t e r a t u r e and w i t h t h e s t u d y of a 1 9 t h c e n t u r y work by Germany's f i r s t g r e a t woman w r i t e r w r i t e r of i n t e r n a t i o n a l s t a t u r e , A n n e t t e von D r o s t e - H u l s h o f f . Readings w i l l be i n German. D i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be p r i m a r i l y i n German, w i t h E n g l i s h t o be used a s needed. A q u e s t i o n t o be p u r s u e d : Is t h e r e a u n i q u e l y f e m i n i n e p e r s p e c t i v e i n works o f German women w r i t e r s ? Prerequisites: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t Distribution; Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 Linguistics T h e o r i e s of Grammar Instructor: Donald Steinmetz Comparative a n a l y s i s of v a r i o u s views of language r e p r e s e n t e d i n c u r r e n t l i n g u i s t i c r e s e a r c h : tagmemics, s t r a t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformat i o n a l - g e n e r a t i v e grammar, c a s e grammar, g e n e r a t i v e s e m a n t i c s , with t h e aim of i l l u m i n a t i n g t h e u n d e r l y i n g p h i l o s o p h i c a l assumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l c r i t e r i a and t h e e x p l a n a t o r y g o a l s which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l a l s o be c o n t r a s t e d with r e s p e c t t o t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s w i t h a d j a c e n t d i s c i p l i n e s such a s a n t h r o p o l o g y , psychology, l o g i c and conununication t h e o r y and t h e way i n which each t h e o r y s e e k s t o overcome t h e i n a d e q u a c i e s o f t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. Prerequisites : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 4 General Studies A Study - oT Values o r "Wha: !.lal<es Llie World Co ~<ound" InsrrucLor: II Sheldon Fardig What a r e t h e e i f e c t s of p e r s o n a l v a l u e s upon I1um;ln I>ehavior? Yor~r own v a l u e s ? Others v a l u e s ? An i n v e s t i g a l i o n of value awareness, value dynamics, moral development and l i c e s L v l e s . An examination of tlle v a l u e s of t h e s i l e n t m a j o r i t y and d i s c u s s i o n wit11 a u t h o r i t y r i g u r e s concerning p u b l i c v a l u e s . These a r e some a r e a s l o r t l i s c u s s i o n and r e s e a r c h . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l piclr :]I? a r e a r ~ i rn d i v i d u a l s t u d y and eval.uation. Some e x t r a c o s t s w i l l be i n v o l v e d i n Cield t r i p m i l e a g e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: None Time: 11 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 213 H i s t o r y o f London I Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t "When a man i s t i r e d o f London, h e i s t i r e d o f l i f e , f o r t h e r e i s i n London a l l t h a t l i f e can a f f o r d " (Dr. Samuel J o h n s o n , 1 8 t h c e n t r u r y ) . T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t promise a l l t h a t ! But London d o e s o f f e r much O F v a l u e and i n t e r e s t t o s t u d y . I t s a m a z i n g l y r a p i d growth s i n c e mid 1 6 t h c e n t u r y h a s meant t h a t Londoners h a v e F e l t , t h o u g h t a b o u t , and responded t o modern u r b a n problems f o r a t l e a s t f o u r c e n t u r i e s . I t s b u s i n e s s community was a t t h e f o r e f r o n t of economic change i n t h e w e s t e r n world f o r s e v e r a l c e n t u r i e s . S e v e r a l t i m e s t h e c i t y has r e s p r e s e n t e d h i g h p o i n t s i n t h e h i s t o r y o f European c u l t u r e . It has had a m a s s i v e i n f l u e n c e on E n g l i s h s o c i e t y g e n e r a l l y ( w e l l i l l u s t r a t e d by i t s demographic p r e p o n d e r a n c e i n t h e n a t i o n ) and a p o w e r f u l l e v e r a g e on B r i t i s h p o l i t i c s (whose c a p i t a l was c o n v e n i e n t l y l o c a t e d j u s t a few m i l e s up t h e Thames r i v e r ) . And f o r t u n a t e l y , i o r t h e p u r p o s e of o u r s t u d y , t h e r e i s a g r e a t d e a l of l i t e r a t u r e a b o u t t h e c i t y t h a t i s r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e . Urban h i s t o r y , and h o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e , a p p e a l s t o s t u d e n t s of y a r i o u s d i s c i p l i n e s - g e o g r a p h y , a r c h i t e c t u r e , p o p u l a r c u l t u r e , economics, u r b a n p l a n n i n g , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , a s w e l l a s h i s t o r y . Both i n c l a s s a c t i v i t i e s and s t u d e n t a s s i g n m e n t s , t h e r e w i l l be an e f f o r t t o construct the course s o a s t o r e f l e c t t h i s i n t e r - d i s c i p l i n a r y i n t e r e s t . T h e r e w i l l be a wide c h o i c e i n t h e m a t t e r of a s s i g n m e n t s ; i t i s u n d e r s t o o d , t h o u g h , t h a t an i n d i v i d u a l p r o j e c t e m p h a s i z i n g l i t e r a t u r e o r a r c h i t e c t u r e w i l l e v i d e n c e t h e i n s i g h t s and background g a i n e d i n t h e b r o a d e r c o n c e r n s of t h e c o u r s e . Prerequisites : None Distribution: S o c i a l S c i e n c e and Urban S t u d i e s Time: I1 Room: Old Main 1 8 From t h e I n d u s ----- to Indira: Epochs i n I n d i a n H i s t o r y Instructor: Don G u s t a f s o n T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r e s e n t an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e v a s t panorama o f I n d i a n c u l t u r e from t h e e a r l y c i t i e s o n t h e I n d u s R i v e r t o t h e problems and p o t e n t i a l s of modern I n d i a . Not o n l y w i l l a wide v a r i e t y c i :epics be c o v e r e d , but i n a d d i t i o n t h e r e w i l l be a g r e a t v a r i e t y i n t h e m a t e r i a l s used c u l t u r a l a r t i f a c t s , recordings, s l i d e s , novels, r e l i g i o u s t e x t s , h i s t o r i e s , and who knows what e l s e . -- prerequisites: Distribution: None Social Science Time: 11 Room: Library 1 C I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e P r i n c i p l e s o f Sumerian "Can These S t o n e s Speak?" & Cuneiform W r i t i n g . I n s t r u c t o r : Richard C. Nelson A c u l t u r a l s t u d y of t h e Sumerian Ur 111 Dynasey and r e l a t e d mesopotamian c i v i l i z a t i o n s through an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o cuneiform w r i t i n g . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o t r a n s l i t e r a t e ( i . e . r e n d e r t h e cuneiform s y l l a b l e s ) and t r a n s l a t e Sumerian t e x t s of v a r i e d c o n t e n t s d a t i n g from 2,000 B.C No p r e v i o u s work i n a n c i e n t h i s t o r y i s assumed. Due t o a l a c k o f r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e t e x t u a l and l e x i c a l m a t e r i a l most w i l l have t o be xeroxed. Expect a charge of about $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t . T r a d i t i o n a l g r a d i n g a l l o w e d , but Prerequisites : Distribution: PIN i s v e r y s t r o n g l y recommended. None Social Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 28 Mathematics The Mathematical - Content of Music Instructor: Ben Cooper For hundreds of y e a r s , Westerners have made music conscious of Pythagorean t h e o r i e s of harmony, but n o t o f any o t h e r m a t h e m a t i c a l f e a t u r e s of t h e i r a r t . From a t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y p o i n t of view, we can r e c o g n i z e a s p e c t s of form and o f c o m p o s i t i o n a l d e v i c e s and r u l e s which d e s e r v e t o be c a l l e d mathematics ( b u t t h e mere adherence t o which does n o t g u a r a n t e e good m u s i c ) . A t t h e r i s k of i n t e l l e c t u a l s u p e r f i c i a l i t y , we w i l l probe ( a s i l l u s t r a t i v e ) m a n i f e s t a t i o n s o f a l g e b r a , geometry, and p r o b a b i l i t y a s we can f i n d , l a y i n g the mathematical f o u n d a t i o n s a s we go. Some of t h e p o s s i b l e m u s i c a l t o p i c s : v o i c e - l e a d i n g r u l e s ; Bach's canons; r u l e s o f twelve-tone composition; c o n s c i o u s l y m a t h e m a t i c a l composition ( e . g . , Xenakis). Prerequisites: Distribution: No m a t h e m a t i c a l p r e r e q u i s i t e s . None Time: I Room: Old Main 28 Must read music. Modern Math I d e a s Shock t h e L i b e r a l A r t s ------I n s t r u c t o r : Henry G. F o l l i n g s tad A c o n t r o v e r s i a l look i n t o some u s e s and abuses o f modern math concepts i n t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . Group and i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d y w i l l s t r e s s t h e impact of math i d e a s and models on f i e l d s which r e l a t e t o t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n of t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. The focus w i l l be on s p e c i a l t o p i c s i n astronomy and cosmology a s w e l l a s philosophy, a n t h r o p o l o g y , geology, b i o l o g y , and theology. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l , Room 212 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Data S t r u c t u r e s Instructor: James L. Johnson O r g a n i z a t i o n a l and s t o r a g e t e c h n i q u e s n e c e s s a r y t o c r e a t e , m a i n t a i n , and u s e a d a t a base on a d i g i t a l computer. Topics i n c l u d e ( a s time p e r m i t s ) : computer r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of v a r i o u s t y p e s o f d a t a , c h a r a c t e r s t r i n g manipulation, l i n e a r d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , linked d a t a s t r u c t u r e s , t r e e s , g r a p h s , s o r t i n g , s e a r c h i n g , and mass s t o r a g e f i l e s . Physical use of t h e computer w i l l be minimal. Knowledge o f a programming language i s n o t required. Prerequisites: S t u d e n t should be c o m f o r t a b l e w i t h t h e m a n i p u l a t i o n of a b s t r a c t symbols a t a l e v e l which should be a t t a i n e d a f t e r taking f i r s t year calculus o r equivalent course i n the Natural Sciences. Consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r i s recommended p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: 11 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 205 The B a s i c -- Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n o f Elementary Mathematics Instructor: Beverly Durkee - f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t l i k e i t , who Mathematics made s i m p l e a r e a f r a i d of i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t , b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t o elementary s c h o o l c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s of a r i t h m e t i c and geometry o f t h e modern elementary s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 205 Music I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy Instructor: - Roberta M e t z l e r General overview of t h e f i e l d of music t h e r a p y where i t i s u s e d , with whom, and how. I n c l u d e s f i e l d t r i p s t o music t h e r a p y s i t e s i n Minnesota. Recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o major i n m u s i c t h e r a p y , and t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n g e n e r a l background i n f o r m a t i o n of t h e u s e of music f o r t h e r a p e u t i c r e a s o n s . Prerequisites: None D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: I Room: Music 120 Opera Opera I n s t r u c t o r s : Steve Gabrielsen James Johnson The p r o d u c t i o n of two o p e r a s i n c l u d i n g s i n g i n g , d a n c i n g , a c t i n g , s t a g e d e s i g n , choreography. l i g h t i n g and promotion. A week o f e v e n i n g performances. Costumes s u p p l i e d by s t u d e n t s . A u d i t i o n s w i l l be announced i n F a l l ' 7 6 . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Fine A r t s Time: I and I1 Room: Music Auditorium P i a n o Teaching Methods - I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Metzker A s t u d y o f t h e m a t e r i a l s and t e c h n i q u e s used i n t e a c h i n g piano t o t h e young s t u d e n t . No p r e v i o u s t e a c h i n g e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e d but an average Class w i l l i n v o l v e p i a n o t e c h n i q u e and keyboard f a c i l i t y i s n e c e s s a r y . work w i t h p i a n o l a b s , o b s e r v a t i o n , t e a c h i n g and d i s c u s s i o n w i t h prominent p i a n o t e a c h e r s . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Average piano t e c h n i q u e and keyhoard F a c i l i t y D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Time: I Room: Music 1 0 Make Your Own Music ---- Instructor: Robert Karlen O f f e r s an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r t h e i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems and i n t h e c r e a t i o n of o r i g i n a l works of m u s i c ; and t o t r y h i s hand a t u s i n g any o f t h e s e systems i n c r e a t i n g h i s l h e r own compositions. S e r i a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c t e c h n i q u e s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . Prerequisites: Distribution: Open t o music majors a s an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e , and t o s t u d e n t s with l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music a s a lower d i v i s i o n course. None Time: I1 Room: Music 20 Trends, I s s u e s , and Leadership & Nursing I n s t r u c t o r s : Pamela Larson Donna P e t e r s o n A course designed to i n v e s t i g a t e the current leadership responsibi i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e and t h e t r e n d s and i s s u e s e v o l v i n g i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e . Prerequisites : Admission t o t h e Augsburg n u r s i n g program o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution : None Time: I Room: F a i r v i e w School of Nursing Philosophy Topics i n S c i e n c e and R e l i g i o n : Or Adam Had Atoms Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some of t h e a r e a s of c o n f l i c t , whether r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , between s c i e n t i f i c and r e l i g i o u s t h o u g h t . I t w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s . Chiefly, we w i l l be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f whether a r e l i g i o u s p o i n t of view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c m i l i e u , and, i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t might t a k e . Prerequisites: Distribution: None Humanities Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Meister --- E c k h a r t a s M y s t i c and P h i l o s o p h e r Instructor: Mark F u e h r e r M e i s t e r E c k h a r t was one of t h e most a r t i c u l a t e spokesmen of t h e movement known a s R h i n e l a n d M y s t i c i s m i n t h e l a t e m i d d l e a g e s . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l a t t e m p t t o a n a l y s e E c k h a r t ' s l a n g u a g e a s a m y s t i c and d e t e r m i n e what p h i l o s o p h i c a l p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s h e h o l d s and how t h e s e p r e s u p p o s i t i o n s d e t e r m i n e h i s thought . Prerequisites : None Distribution: Humanities Time: I Room: Old Main 2 2 Physical Education S p e c t a t o r s h i p o r Hev! W h a ~ ' sGoing on Out T h e r e Instructors: Edor Nelson Ed S a u g e s t a d A c l a s s r o o m c o u r s e Eor t h e n o n - p a r t i c i p a n t . An o r i e n t a t i o n o l t h e s p e c t a t o r to the techniques, strategy, scoring, e t c . i n the sports g f F o o t b a l l , s o c c e r , h o c k e y , and w r e s t l i n g . This course does not a p p l y t o the major i n physical education. Prerequisites Distribution: : None None Time; I Room: Melby H a l l 12 Recreation A c t i v i t i e s Rhythms Instructor: LaVonne P e t e r s o n Theory and p r a c t i c e i n t e a c h i n g r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , low-organized games, r e l a y s , camp a c t i v i t i e s , s k i t s and s t u n t s , m u s i c a l games, s i m p l e c r a f t s , f o l k and s q u a r e d a n c i n g . prerequisites: Sophomore s t a n d i n g , n o t open t o Freshmen Distribution: I Time: Room: Gymnasiu~niqorth Court Physics P r o g r e s s : R e a l i t y o r Myth? 1. II Instructor: Mark E n g e b r e t s o n S c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y played an i m p o r t a n t r o l e i n t h e development o f t h e n o t i o n o f p r o g r e s s i n t h e e i g h t e e n t h and n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s . New developments i n t e c h n o l o g y made p o s s i b l e t h e r a p i d growth of w e a l t h and power i n much o f t h e w e s t e r n w o r l d . Now, however, " p r o g r e s s " h a s l o s t i t s l u s t e r ; many a r e blaming s c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y f o r b e t r a y i n g t h e i d e a l s and dreams of modern s o c i e t y . Thomas ~ u h n ' si m p o r t a n t book, The S t r u c t u r e o f S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , p r o p o s e s t h a t t h e n o t i o n of p r o g r e s s i s i t s e l f C a u l t y . A f t e r a s t u d y o f t h e s c i e n c t i f i c , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s r o o t s o f t h e i d e a o f p r o g r e s s , we w i l l c o n s i d e r t h e c u r r e n t d e b a t e a b o u t t h e u s e s and a b u s e s o f s c i e n c e i n our world. One s h o r t s e m i n a r and a w r i ~ t e nr e p o r t w i l l be r e q u i r e d , i n a d d i t i o n t o r o u t i n e r e a d i n g s . Guest l e c t u r e r s and f i l m s w i l l be i n t e r s p e r s e d w i t h c l a s s r o o m l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n . Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Room: None F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s r e q u i r e m e n t 11 Science H a l l 22 Understanding t h e Weather Instructor: Kenneth E r i c k s o n 4n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e e a r t h ' s w e a t h e r , i t s c a u s e s a n d c h a r a c t e r . l e s i g n e d f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n w e a t h e r and w e a t h e r p r e d i c t i o n , t h i s c o u r s e s e e k s t o p r o v i d e s t u d e n t s w i t h a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e b a s i c s c i e n c e p r i n c i p l e s required f o r understanding weather. It i s a l s o h o p e d t h a t s t u d e n t s w i l l g a i n an a ~ p r e c i - t i c n f o r t h e o v e r a l l weat:her p a t t e r n s o f t h e e a r t h a n d f o r t h e manv and v a r i e d a s p e c t s o f w e a t h e r , i n c l u d i n g t h e i n f l u e n c e weather h a s on t h e e a r t h ' s i n h a b i t a n t s . Topics t o be d i s c u s s e d i n c l u d e : t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f s u n , e a r t h and a t m o s p h e r e ; i m p o r t a n t p h y s i c a l q u a n t i t i e s s u c h a s t e m p e r a t u r e and p r e s s u r e ; c l o u d s a n d p r e c i p i t a t i o n ; u n u s u a l c o n d i t i o n s l i k e t o r n a d o s and h u r r i c a n e s ; t e c h n i q u e s and i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n f o r w e a t h e r m o n i t o r i n g and c o n t r o l ; a v i a t i o n w e a t h e r ; and t h e i n f l u e n c e o f w e a t h e r o n p o l l u t i o n . Course a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , f o r e c a s t i n g , and g u e s t s p e a k e r s whenever p o s s i b l e . Prerequisites: Distribution: High S c h o o l A l g e b r a Natural Science Time: I Room: Science H a l l 22 Independent Study i n Experimental Physics I n s t r u c t o r : T h e o d o r e Hanwick This course provides t h e opportunity f o r students t o systematically e x p l o r e a problem i n experimental physics. The s t u d e n t s h o u l d s e l e c t a t o p i c f o r i n v e s t i g a t i o n from o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : s p e c t r o s c o p y , h o l o g r a p h y , a s t r o n o m y , o r e l e c t r o n i c s . An i n - d e p t h u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e s e l e c t e d t o p i c w i l l be a c q u i r e d t h r o u g h s t u d y o f a p p r o p r i a t e r e s o u r c e n a t e r i a l a n d by means o f a c t u a l e x p e r i m e n t a l i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d , b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m , t o d i s c u s s h i s t o p i c o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and p r e s e n t a t e n t a t i v e p r o p o s a l : ! e s c r i b i n g how t h e s u g g e s t e d work i s t o be c o m p l e t e d . A final written -c;cr! o n !he ~ r o j e c t\ $ i l l b e r e q u i r e d a t t h e e n d o f t h e i n t e r i m . Prerequisites: Junior o r s e n i o r physics major o r permission of the instructor. Distribution: Time: I Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 25 Political Science R a t i o n a l Ignorance & J u s t i c e Instructor: Myles S t e n s h o e l 1 Focus i s upon John Rawls' e x t r a o r d i n a r y work, A Theory of J u s t i c e , and h i s a t t e m p t t o p r o v i d e an a l t e r n a t i v e t o r e c e i v e d t h e o r i e s of p o l i t i c a l Course g o a l s w i l l be t o u n d e r s t a n d h i s t h e o r y , i t s economic j u s t i c e . s t r e n g t h s and weaknesses, i t s i m p l i c a t i o n s f o r c u r r e n t s t r u c t u r e s , programs and p r o p o s a l s . W r i t i n g ? Yes. Prerequisites: Distribution: Freshmen o r sophomores by p e r m i s s i o n of t h e i n s t r u c t o r , J u n i o r s o r s e n i o r s who have a concern f o r v a l u e s and a w i l l i n g n e s s t o w r e s t l e w i t h i n t e l l e c t u a l problems. S o c i a l Science Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Poli. Sci. (summer) 85340 ( P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 98340 (Speech) The B r i t i s h -- Design f o r Mass Media Instructor: Milda Hedblom Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , communications, s o c i o l o g y . B r i t i s h mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y p r o d u c t i o n . and c o n t e n t . We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and a r t i s t i c r e a s o n s f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s w i t h BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s , Members of P a r l i a m e n t and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s o f mass c m u n i c a t i o n s ; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n London a s w e l l a s t a k e v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s . Topics we w i l l s t u d y d u r i n g t h e f i r s t h a l f of t h e i n t e r i m i n c l u d e B r i t i s h views on t h e p r o p e r use o f t h e mass media, t h e n a t u r e of p o l i t i c a l c o n t r o l s , funding p r o v i s i o n s and o t h e r s . Approximately t h e l a s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be devoted t o independent work (under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e c l a s s i n s t r u c t o r ) w i t h each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n news p r o d u c t i o n , o r p r i n t c e n s o r s h i p r u l e s o r r a d i o o v e r s e a s programming, e t c . Some i n d i v i d u a l s may s e l e c t t o p i c s r e q u i r i n g- r e g- i o n a l t r a v e l , such a s Wales, o r S c o t l a n d . T h i s i s a c c e p t a b l e but w i l l be a s e p a r a t e c o s t and i n d i v i d u a l l y a r r a n g e d i n England. The same i n s t r u c t o r w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s f o r independent s t u d y i n British politics. Prerequisites: Permission of i n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Social Science Grading: Cost: O p t i o n a l , p r e f e r e n c e t o PIN $895.00 C Psychology - Instructor: General Psychology Norman Ferguson introducatioh t o the mador eontenk areas wtthlln psychology inciuding b i ~ l ~ g i ~bgmla s of behevtor, develapmnt, Ieamkg, language and memDry, perception a d s l e e p , rntrtivation and motion, pettionalfty, paychopathol~/ogy, and psychotherapy. Reading turd dfaeusaim. me c2-a will be condudred u a i n g the q u a a t i o r ~ - - a n m ~ and open diseuslion method* Inatead oE using klie Lecture mathad. Heavy emphasis w i l l be placed on inclass parrictpapion by eacft student. Mequoto preparation prier to each clasa swsion w i l l be assumed. Not recommended f o r s t n d e n t s i n t e n d i n g t o major i n psychology. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Natural Science Time: I Room: Old Main 19 The a i l d ' s --- World: Cognitive Development Instructor: Grace Dyrud A s t u d y w i l l be made of t h e development of t h e c h i l d ' s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n o f e v e n t s ; n o t i n g s t a g e s and examples i n l a n g u a g e , r e a s o n i n g , and judgment. There w i l l be a f e e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y $3.00 f o r m a t e r i a l s . Pretequisites : None Distribution: None Time: I Room: Old Main 7 Computer A p p l i c a t i o n s & Behavioral Science I n s t r u c t o r : R i c h a r d Marken An i n t r o d u c a t i o n t o t h e u s e of computers f o r t h e a n a l y s i s o f b e h a v o r i a l d a t a and s i m u l a t i o n o f b e h a v i o r a l p r o c e s s e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l l e a r n t o w r i t e programs t o do s t a t i s t i c a l a n a l y s e s s u c h a s c o r r e l a t i o n and l i n e a r r e g r e s s i o n s , a n a l y s i s o f v a r i a n c e , and c h i - s q u a r e . Programs w i l l be S t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o s t u d y t h e b e h a v i o r of programs w r i t t e n i n FORTRAN I V . which s i m u l a t e i n t e r e s t i n g b e h a v i o r a l and b i o l o g i c a l p r o c e s s e s such a s p e r c e p t i o n , l e a r n i n g , and e v o l u t i o n . Each s t u d e n t w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o d o a programming p r o j e c t on a t o p i c o f i n t e r e s t . T o p i c s f o r p r o j e c t s have been q u i t e v a r i e d and h a v e ranged From d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f theorems i n s t a t i s t i c s t o s i m u l a t i o n o f rumor p r o p a g a t i o n i n crowds. Prerequisites: Distribution: G e n e r a l Psychology None Time: I1 Room: Scierice H a l l 312 Women and God Instructor: Eugene S k i b b e For men and women: What i s t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e o f women i n r e l a t i o n t o God and i n t h e c o n t e x t o f o r g a n i z e d r e l i g i o n , e s p e c i a l l y t h e o l r i s t i a n r e l i g i o n ? T h i s i s n o t o n l y an academic problem, which i n v o l v e s a n a l y z i n g p a s t t r a d i t i o n s and i n s t i t u t i o n a l a r r a n g e m e n t s , b u t a l s o a p e r s o n a l q u e s t i o n , which c a n be answered o n l y by p e r s o n a l r e f l e c t i o n and m u t u a l In d i s c o v e r y . H o p e f u l l y t h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e n e f i t p e o p l e i n both ways. e a r l y s t a t e s o f d e s i g n i n g t h e c o u r s e t h e t e a c h e r w i l l s e e k h e l p irom s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n t h i s t o p i c . The c o u r s e w i l l p r o b a b l y i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f ( a ) r e f e r e n c e s t o women i n B i b l i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , ( b ) n o t a b l e women i n W e s t e r n r e l i g i o u s h i s t o r y , ( c ) t h e r o l e o f women and t h e female p r i n c i p l e i n non-Western r e l i g i o n s , ( d ) f u n d a m e n t a l problems of human p e r c e p t i o n , l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e w i t h r e g a r d t o r e a l i t y and s e x u a l i t y , ( e ) t h e r e l a t i o n o f t h e G o s p e l t o s e x u a l d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n , ( f ) women r e l i g i o u s and t h e o l o g i c a l l e a d e r s t o d a y . The a p p r o a c h w i l l i n c l u d e a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , d i s c u s s i o n s , o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , and ( p r o b a b l y ) a w r i t t e n r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t . Taught ( o r c o o r d i n a t e d ) by a man. Prerequisites: Distribution: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Religion Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e 320 Social Work Practicum i n Human S e r v i c e s Instructor: Vern Bloom With f a c u l t y a p p r o v a l , s t u d e n t s e l e c t s a placement a s a h a l f - t i m e v o l u n t e e r i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . O p p o r t u n i t y t o know s o c i a l work p r o f e s s i o n a l s , s o c i a l s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s y s t e m s , and c a r e e r a s p e c t s i n t h e h e l p i n g v o c a t i o n s . Independent s t u d y w i t h a t e n paper r e p o r t and review c o n f e r e n c e s . E s p e c i a l l y r e c m e d e d f o r freshmen and sophomores. Prerequisites: Distribution: Consent of i n s t r u c t o r Required f o r S o c i a l Work m a j o r s Time: I Room: Memorial H a l l 1 Sociology-SocialWork Human S e r v i c e ---- Issues i n Selected Areas Instructor: Tony Wagner Seminars c o n s i s t i n g of a n i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e major s o c i a l p o l i c y i s s u e s and s e r v i c e d e l i v e r y s t r u c t u r e s a s s o c i a t e d with s e l e c t e d a r e a s of s o c i a l work p r a c t i c e . Areas i n c l u d e s o c i a l s e c u r i t y , mental r e t a r d a t i o n , a l c o h o l and chemical dependency, y o u t h , a g i n g , w e l f a r e e c o l o g y , and s e r i s m i n s o c i a l work. F i e l d e x p e r i e n c e o f 16 h o u r s p e r week. Prerequisites: Distribution: 351 and j u n i o r , o r p e r m i s s i o n of i n s t r u c t o r Required f o r S o c i a l Work majors Time: I Room: Old Main 1 Principles of Sociology Instructor: Robert Grams Both the p o p u l a r p r e s s and i n f o r m a l d i s c u s s i o n s s u g g e s t an i n c r e a s e d concern about t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y h e a r s about t h e l a c k of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems r e g a r d i n g the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power, t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of o u r i n s t i t u t i o n s t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an overview of what t h e s o c i o l o g i s t h a s t o o f f e r i n r e g a r d t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h e c o u r s e c o n s i s t s of a each of which p r o v i d e s an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s s e t of u n i t s a n a l y s i s o f some a s p e c t of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through a combination o f l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t a p p l y what i s being l e a r n e d . -- Prerequisites : Distribution: None Social Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Blue C o l l a r s and Hard H a t s : ----- The C u l t u r e of t h e Working Class Instructor: Cordon Nelson I n an i n c r e a s i n g l y b u r e a u c r a t i c s o c i e t y , t h e manual l a b o r e r and c r a f t worker have tended t o be r e l e g a t e d t o a s t e r e o t y p e d , s u b c u l t u r e s t a t u s i n American urban l i f e . T e l e v i s i o n ' s Archie Bunker i s a s good an example a s any of t h e s t e r e o t y p e . This c o u r s e w i l l examine t h e American working c l a s s , e s p e c i a l l y a s i t i s found i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , i n an a t t e m p t t o d e t e r m i n e whether t h e s t e r e o t y p e i s a v a l i d one. The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e r e a d i n g s i n some of t h e c u r r e n t l i t e r a t u r e on t h e t o p i c , f i e l d o b s e r v a t i o n s i n working c l a s s s e t t i n g s , and a f i n a l examination. P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Distribution: S o c i a l S c i e n c e o r Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 21 R a c i a l and -- M i n o r i t y Group R e l a t i o n s I n s t r u c t o r : J e r r y Gerasimo The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f s e l f - u n d e r s t a n d i n g . T h i s c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d on P/N b a s i s o n l y . prerequisites: Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Speech Values and -- Conununication: Socrates, Jesus, Kierkegaard, Buber I n s t r u c t o r s : Ray Anderson John Benson A s ~ u i l vc ' r i Ivrrns uT t l i s c o u r s c v h i c l ~a r e inrenrleil 1 0 c:rrnml~tiic:~teb a s i c valries and view8 o t l iTe. The Lulms are many n11c1 v a r i e d , emhrecing H I ~ r l Fvcrse a c t i v i 1 : i e s as S v c r n r i c qliesr i o n i u p , Jesus's u s e o l p a r a b l e and sy~~lrolic a c t i o n : Kierlte,qanrd ' a i . ~ ~ d i r c ccommuni t c a t i o r r , am! H r ~ l j e r ' sw e of u f d i a l o g u e . A l l Inur 0 1 c l ~ e s einen e:rplurect l lie r e l a c i o n s l ~ i po f i o n and corxext i n com\~unicotion. A c e n t r a l rocus w i l l !IF: How and wily d i d these men conununicntc as they d i d ? 7lie course w 3 1 1 i n v n l v e l e c r u r e s , r e a d i ~ q s ,d f s c ~ ~ s s i ~ >papers ns, and 9 tudeni s p e e c l ~ e s . Sume a t tendance a L events ouestcLe of class may he r e q u i r e d , Prerequisites: Distribution: None Does n o t f u l f i l l r e l i g i o n r e q u i r e m e n t , but may be used f o r s p e e c h , c o m u n i c a t i o n s o r r e l i g i o n major. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 C ~ I n t e r c u l t u r a l Cmnnunications i n Mexico Instructor: J o e l Mugge The i n t e r i m w i l l be based i n Mexico C i t y , Oaxaco, and a ~ e n e d i c ' t i n e monastery i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i t h s m a l l g r o u p f i e l d t r i p s t o o t h e r p a r t s of t h e c o u n t r y . T r a v e l t o Mexico w i l l b e by c h a r t e r bus and t r a i n . Mexico p r o v i d e s a s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l , and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s a r e much d i f f e r e n t than o u r own. The c o u r s e w i l l e x p l o r e ways i n which t h e s e a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and shape t h e communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and non-verbal. We s h a l l a t t e m p t t o examine t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication betbeen c u l t u r e s and e x p l o r e t h e ways t h e s e b a r r i e r s can be broken down. T h i s w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d through d i r e c t c o n t a c t with s e v e r a l d i m e n s i o n s of Mexican l i f e - urban Mexico C i t y , t h e indigenous c u l t u r e of Oaxaca, a d i s c i p l i n e d m o n a s t i c community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a s m a l l v i l l a g e . S e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and a f i n a l p a p e r w i l l be r e q u i r e d . The c e n t r a l focus of t h e i n t e r i m i s an e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r o c e s s of communication between c u l t u r e s and t h e ways i n which communication b a r r i e r s can be broken down. C o n s i d e r a b l e a t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o t h e way i n which c u l t u r a l v a l u e s e f f e c t t h e communication process. To accomplish o u r t a s k , we w i l l focus on such i s s u e s a s : t h e c m u n i c a t i o n p r o c e s s w i t h i n t h e group i t s e l f ; t h e dynamics o f d e v e l o p ment w i t h i n t h e Third World n a t i o n s ; t h e o l o g i c a l i s s u e s r e l a t e d t o human communication and Third World development; s p e c i f i c elements o f Mexican c u l t u r e ; and t h e t h e o r y o f i n t e r c u l t u r a l communication. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Cost: e s t i m a t e d $490.00 Theater Practicum: C h i l d r e n ' s T h e a t e r Production Instructor: A i l e n e Cole The members o f t h e c l a s s w i l l p l a n , r e h e a r s e , e x e c u t e t h e t e c h n i c a l a s p e c t s o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n , and p r e s e n t t o a u d i e n c e s composed p r i m a r i l y of c h i l d r e n a d r a m a t i c p r o d u c t i o n approximately 50 m i n u t e s i n l e n g t h . Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: I and I1 (9:30-12:OO; Room: Speech Auditorium 1:OO-3:OO) A r t11: - The A r t s of Europe Instructor: R e i d a r Dittmann B e g i n n i n g w i t h a b r i e f s t a y i n I t a l y f o r a background e x p o s u r e t o t h e a r t o t t h e R e n a i s s a n c e i n F l o r e n c e , t h e Yourse w i l l f o c u s on n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y movements a s shown i n g a l l e r i e s i n Z u r i c h , Munich, Cologne, Amsterdam, P a r i s , and London. R e l a t i v e l y b r i e f s t a y s i n t h e c i t i e s en r o u t e w i l l be f o l l o w e d by one week each i n P a r i s and London. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o keep a j o u r n a l and p r e p a r e an e v a l u a t i v e p a p e r on a s i n g l e a r t i s t r e p r e s e n t e d i n one o r more o f t h e c o l l e c t i o n s viewed. Prerequisite: Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: For d i s t r i b u t i o n r e c o g n i t i o n , c o n s u l t Chairman, Department of Art Enrollment: Cost: 25 $895.00 Asian Studies --- IIa: Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l R e l a t i o n s Instructor: Ola E M i l l e r t A s t u d y o f t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n of c u l t u r e s , A s i a n , P o l y n e s i a n , and American, which h a v e come t o i n t e r a c t w i t h each o t h e r i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have b a s i c f a m i l i a r i t y w i t h t h e American component, arid t h e c o u r s e w i l l t h e r e f o r e c o n c e n t r a t e on Asian and P o l y n e s i a n t r a d i t i o n s a s shown i n s o c i a l c u s t o m s , r e l i g i o n , and t h e a r t s , and on t h e consequences o f t h e i r i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e American t r a d i t i o n i n t h e 5 0 t h s t a t e . Two weeks a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n H o n o l u l u , w i t h l e c t u r e r s from b o t h t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii and t h e East-West C e n t e r , w i l l be f o l l o w e d ? y a t h i r d week a t Brigham Young U n i v e r s i t y - Hawaii Campus a t L a i e . Representatives o f the various Polynesian i s l a n d s w i l l t a l k about t h e i r h e r i t a g e , and p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l have a c c e s s t o t h e p o l y n e s i a n C u l t u r a l C e n t e r w i t h i t s d i s p l a y s and performances. I n t h e f i n a l week a t t h e Makapalo R e t r e a t C e n t e r on t h e i s l a n d of Hawaii, t h e r e w i l l be summary d i s c u s s i o n s and symposia based o n p a p e r s w r i t t e n by s t u d e n t s a b o u t t h e i r s p e c i a l p r o j e c t . Ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o e x p l o r e h i s t o r i c s i t e s , e t h n i c and a r t museums, r e l i g i o u s s h r i n e s --and t h e b e a c h e s . H a w a i i i t s e l f i s a l i v i n g laboratory of i n t e r c u l t u r a l r e l a t i o n s . Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: N~~~ Enrollment: Cost : 25 $895.00 ST. OLAF INTERIMS ABROAD Biology I I e o r I I I e : Human Ecology i n I s r a e l I n s t r u c t o r : D a n i e l Palm ~ k l i g n d dto p m c e o study a d d 5 s m Q a f the 5 n b a m a b i e ~and ra~&$o@ttps bm'kween mn , h u miltom and ItOhry, and the esxvfrmment ta w k i & taa ,lPvea, tha EQU~BI WdLl be + n t e t e r d @ c i y in nawn. U a c-.y Wif~hi% wiqw rnrrge PC u~f,mnticCgeerlagia;L, raciiil, a m d c a d &tnsXcal peqgecttvos, the pussuit @1 &a -emt of a n can ' f i e l d trip8 w d JeterubaLm, to' llielf I*, be partsuulnzLy r&m&,in& khk W6t&mnma maboacd, &F sud~ t l d s e r a ,Lgw desert, and the Red Sea a t E i l a t w i l l provide ample o p p o r t u n i t y t o l e a r n a t t h e c e n t e r s of a n t i q u i t y . L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s w i l l p r o v i d e t h e background f o r t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of a paper d e a l i n g with some s p e c i f i c t o p i c i n human ecology i n I s r a e l . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : one s e m e s t e r of biology and one s e m e s t e r of b e h a v i o r a l science. Enrollment: cost: 30 $1,100.00 Classics u: Mediterranean Culture Instructor: Lloyd Gunderson The c i v i l i z a t i o n of Greece from t h e Bronze Age through C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum and Athens. Daily l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze Age Minoan s i t e s i n Crete a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and M a l l i a , and c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e Archaeological Museum a t Heracleum. I n Athens and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h the a i d of t h e famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age of the Yycaneans, and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s . Prerequisites : Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r D i s t r i b u t i o n : None Enrollment: Cost: 25 $975.00 I, I I I French 111: French Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n P a r i s Instructor: Verena Conley F o r advanced s t u d e n t s i n French. A t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t e g r a t e d w i ~ ha n a l y s i s a n d t l i s c t ~ s o i o n , V l s l l r : l o a r t i s t i c snrl c u L ! ~ ~ r i exhibits. #l ~ ' W Df u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s ( L O V e r s a i l l e s and dlartres) wi1I1 CL-encli-speak~ I I Kl c c l u r r r a . i l p ~ i o n a iwcek-end C S C I I C S ~ O I I H to N ~ r m : ~ l i r l y . S t u d y oi items 0 1 t o p i c a l i n ~ e r e s Li r l t l ~ ed a i 1 y ant! week1 y p r e s s . One o f t h e m o a t imlmrtnnt aspecks o f l a n e ~ ~ ~ rs t, ur d y d u r i n g the perio<l I s he four l i u r ~ r so l cnnvers:ttional p r a c t i c e 411 Rrotrys u l t h r e e each, wilt1 a I'l*vnclj s t u d e n t o f t h e U n i v e r s i t y of P a r i s a c t i n g a s t u t o r . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a d a i l y j o u r n a l i n French i n c o r p o r a t i n g r e f l e c t i o n s on t h e t h e a t r e and o b s e r v a t i o n s on French l i f e . Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None Enrollment: Cost: 15 $895.00 German I I b : -- E n c o u n t e r w i t h t h e Two Germanys Instructor: Hanno K l a s s e n A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways o f Germany s i n c e 1945. Two weeks w i t h t h e p e o p l e o f t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c w i l l be f o l l o w e d by a c o n c l u d i n g s t a y i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c o f Germany. The c o u r s e i s d e s i g n e d t o u s e t h e German l a n g u a g e f o r a c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y o f t h e two Weltanschauugen which h a v e shaped v e r y d i f f e r e n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s . I n t h e German D e m o c r a t i c R e p u b l i c t h e Youth H o s t e l i n L e i p z i g w i l l be t h e c o n t a c t base. S i d e t r i p s w i l l be made t o o t h e r p l a c e s o f c u l t u r a l i n t e r e s t . Munich w i l l be t h e l o c a t i o n f o r i n q u i r i e s i n t o l i f e i n t h e F e d e r a l R e p u b l i c . Students w i l l l i v e with h o s t f a m i l i e s . I n d i v i d u a l c o n t a c t with t h e people i s s t r e s s e d . L e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s , r e l i g i o u s g r o u p s , v i s i t s t o s o c i a l and w e l f a r e i n s t i t u t i o n s , and a t t e n d a n c e a t a r t i s t i c p e r f o r m a n c e s and e x h i b i t i o n s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . Each s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o k e e p a journal. Prerequisites: Distribution: Enrollment: Cost: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r None 20 $895.00 Interdisciplinary J & : I n d u s t r i a l Democracy i n Europe Instructor: Daniel Hellinger I n t e r n a t i o n a l economic f o r c e s see111 L u i ~ ed r a w i n g Europe t o g e t h e r , w h i l e e t h n i c and c l a s s c o n f l i c t s w i t h i n i n d i v i d u a l s t a t e s a r e s t r a i n i n g n a t i o n a l c o h e s i v e n e s s . The c o u r s e w i l l f o c u s o n t h e f o r c e s o f c o h e s i o n and c o n f l i c t , b o t h economic and p o l i t i c a l , which a r e s h a p i n g t h e form and s c o p e o f i n d u s t r i a l d e m o c r a c y i n Europe. D i s c u s s i o n p l a n n e d w i t h b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , t r a d e u n i o n i s t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s . C i t i e s on t h e i t i n e r a r y a r e Amsterdam, B r u s s e l s , Luxembourg, S t r a s b o u r g , P a r i s and London. Prerequisites: Distribution: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r None E n r o l l m e n t : 25 Cost: $895.00 M u s i c a: Instrumental - 2 Music i n England 1825-1977 Instructor: M i l e s H. J o h n s o n An i n s t r u m e n t a l e n s e m b l e o f 45-80 s t u d e n t s , s e l e c t e d by a u d i t i o n , w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n a w o r k - s t u d y program d i v i d e d i n t o two s e g m e n t s : 1. The h i s t o r y , d e v e l o p m e n t , m u s i c a l and i n s t r u m e n t a l s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h e l i t e r a t u r e o f t h e B r i t i s h Wind Band. D a i l y l e c t u r e s a n d / o r r e h e a r s a l s w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r and w i t h B r i t i s h h i s t o r i a n s and m u s i c i a n s . These w i l l t r a c e wind m u s i c from H a n d e l t h r o u g h t h e g i a n t s s u c h a s H o l s t 2. S t u d y p r o j e c t s by g r o u p s o f s t u d e n t s on a s p e c t s o f m u s i c a l isolated island culture. Sample t o p i c s : The M u s i c o f H a n d e l , C a t h e d r a l F e s t i v a l s , BBC and Music i n E n g l a n d , Music and Times o f E l g a r , J a c o b . S o u r c e s f o r r e s e a r c h i n c l u d e t h e B r i t i s h Museum, C a t h e d r a l l i b r a r i e s . L e c t u r e s and s t u d y w i l l be s u p p l e m e n t e d by a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s a n d f i e l d t r i p s t o O x f o r d , Cambridge a n d C o v e n t r y . P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Acceptable audition Distribution: Enrollment: Cost: For d i s t r i b u t i o n recognition, Department o f Music 45-80 $895.00 c o n s u l t w i t h Chairman, Religion E:C h r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. I n s t r u c t o r : Harold Ditmanson A s t u d y d e s i g n e d t o make C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y come a l i v e through an exp1.ora t i o n o f C h r i s t i a n Rome a s an example of Western C h r i s t i a n h i s t o r y i n i n microcosm. Readings and l e c t u r e s w i l l be c a r e f u l l y i n t e g r a t e d with d i r e c t e x p o s u r e t o s i t e s , monuments, a r t and a r t i f a c t s r e l a t e d t o t h e development o f t h e a u r c h i n Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan c i t y , the s e m i n a r w i l l c o v e r i t s t r a n s f o r m a t i o n i n t o a C h r i s t i a n c e n t e r and i t s c o n t i n u e d importance throughout the Middle Ages. Recources i n c l u d e t h e V a t i c a n Museum, Catacombs, B a s i l i c a e of S t . P e t e r and P a u l , papal tombs, etc. B r i e f v i s i t s w i l l be made t o F l o r e n c e , A s s i s i , Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa. Prerequisites : Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: Religion Enrollment: Cost: 35 $895.00 Religion E: Proclamation S o c i a l Concern i n ------ of Development: Dynamics aristian t h e Third World I n s t r u c t o r : Ansgar Sovik The s t u d y w i l l focus on t h e r e l a t i o n of o l r i s t i a n proclamation t o p o v e r t y , p o l i t i c a l o p p r e s s i o n and s o c i a l i n j u s t i c e i n t h e T h i r d World, and t h e & r i s t i a n s V r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make p o s s i b l e a t r u l y human e x i s t e n c e . The Roman C a t h o l i c B e n e d i c t i n e Monastery a t Ahuatepec n e a r Cuernavaca w i l l house p a r t i c i p a n t s . Members o f t h e Monastery s t a f f and o t h e r q u a l i f i e d l e c t u r e r s w i l l s h a r e i n d i r e c t i n g t h e r e a d i n g , s t u d y , and d i s c u s s i o n o f L a t i n American " l i b e r a t i o n t h e o l o g y , " r e p r e s e n t e d by such w r i t e r s a s Bonino, Camera, T o r r e s , G u i t i e r r e s , F r i e r e , Gheddo, Paz, and G o u l e t , and by t h e " C h r i s t i a n f o r S o c i a l i s m " movement i n L a t i n America. D i r e c t exposure t o and involvement i n community development p r o j e c t through which the church i s s e e k i n g t o a c t u a l i z e i t s s o c i a l concern w i l l be an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e program. Week-end f i e l d t r i p s w i l l f e a t u r e a r e a s of c u l t u r a l and r e l i g i o u s i n t e r e s t such a s Mexico C i t y , t h e pyramids of T e o t i h u a c a n , t h e c o l o r f u l Aztec m a r k e t town of T e p o z t l a n , t h e m a g n i f i c e n t a r c h a e o l o g i c a l remains a t Oaxco, t h e c r a f t s c i t y of Taxco, e t c . Prerequisites : Freshman r e l i g i o n Distribution: Religion Enrollment: Cost: 20 $310.00 p l u s t r a n s p o r t a t i o n Russian Ia: - I- USSR: A - C u l t u r a l Experience Instructor: James Walker Focus on Kiev, Moscow, and Leningrad -- with t r i p s t o Zagorsk and Vladimir-Suzdal -- t o e x p e r i e n c e a p o r t i o n of t h e r i c h c u l t u r a l h e r i t a g e of t h e Russian p e o p l e , from t h e i r c l a s s i c church a r c h i t e c t u r e t o t h e i r b a l l e t , from t h e i r f o l k music t o t h e i r contemporary a r t . Each p a r t i c i p a n t w i l l be expected t o read i n a s p e c i a l i z e d a r e a of Russian c u l t u r e a s p r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e course and upon r e t u r n t o campus submit a p a p e r on one a s p e c t of s p e c i a l i z a t i o n based on s u c h r e a d i n g and p e r s o n a l e x p e r i e n c e s i n t h e USSR. B r i e f v i s i t s t o Prague, Czechoslovakia and Warsaw, Poland. Prerequisites: Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None 1 Enrollment: 25 Cost: $995.00 (round t r i p t r a n s p o r t a t i o n i s from Chicago) Spanish m: Spanish Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t r e i n Madrid Instructor: Leon Narvaez Aimed a t improving spoken S p a n i s h , widening c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e , and becoming a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e Spanish t h e a t r e . Based i n Madrid w i t h s t u d y t r i p s t o A v i l a , Toledo, t h e V a l l e y of t h e F a l l e n , E l E s c o r i a l , and Segovia. A c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e t u t o r i n g t h r e e t i m e s a week by S p a n i s h s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of Madrid, f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h e P r a d o and o t h e r museums, a t t e n d a n c e a t t h e a t r e performances i n t e g r a t e d w i t h a n a l y s i s and d i s c u s s i o n . The group w i l l a l s o a t t e n d c o n c e r t s of t h e Madrid Symphony, f i l m showings, and o t h e r c u l t u r a l f u n c t i o n s , a s w e l l a s p r o t e s t a n t and C a t h o l i c church s e r v i c e s . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep a j o u r n a l i n Spanish. Prerequisites: Consent of I n s t r u c t o r Distribution: None Enrollment: Cost: 15 $895.00 INTERIM 1977 Addendum # 1 Education - Discovering t h e World of Kindergarten should be 44331 (Elementary) r a t h e r t h a n 45331. Foreign Language 76457 Spanish Novel - Prerequisites should be 76352, 76353 History Mass Movements --i n t h e Black - Community: 1880-1940 Instructor: Ralph L. Crowder The c e n t r a l focus of t h i s course w i l l be an examination of s e l e c t e d mass movements w i t h i n t h e Afro-American community d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d of 18801940. Our i n q u i r y w i l l be guided by an a n a l y t i c a l and h i s t o r i c a l c r i t i q u e of c r i t i c a l e r a s and key p e r i o d s w i t h i n t h e l a t e 1 9 t h and e a r l y 20th c e n t u r y Black experience. An e s t a b l i s h e d s e t of c r i t e r i a (eg. movement composition and s t r u c t u r e , p a t t e r n s of r e c r u i t m e n t , i d e o l o g i c a l underpinnings, g o a l s , e t c . ) w i l l s e r v e a s t h e p r i n c i p a l means of i n v e s t i g a t i o n . Throughout t h e c o u r s e , l e c t u r e s , s l i d e showings, r e c o r d s , t a p e s and o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s w i l l amplify r e q u i r e d readings and r e s e a r c h . E s s e n t i a l l y t h e course w i l l n o t o n l y d e f i n e Black H i s t o r y a s a w r i t t e n and documented e x p r e s s i o n of a people; but i n a d d i t i o n , we w i l l t a p t h e s o - c a l l e d e x p r e s s i o n s of t h e " i n a r t i c u l a t e " a s l e g i t i m a t e h i s t o r i c a l concerns. T h e r e f o r e , t h e i s s u e of Black s u r v i v a l , s u r v i v a l s k i l l s , and r a c e r e j u v e n a t i o n w i l l p l a y a paramount r o l e w i t h i n o u r a n a l y s i s . Two a d d i t i o n a l a r e a s of concern w i l l be t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of v a r i o u s segments of t h e w h i t e community and t h e n e c e s s i t y t o d e f i n e and understand t h e meaning and impact o f HISTORY. It i s impossible t o understand t h e p o t e n t i a l and meaning o f t o d a y ' s s t r u g g l e f o r Black l i b e r a t i o n w i t h o u t an understanding of i t s p a s t . Black ~ m e r i c a n shave and c o n t i n u e t o e x i s t i n t h r e e dimensions ( i . e . t h e products of an unescapable h i s t o r i c a l p a s t , t h e p r e s e n t and t h e f u t u r e ) r e a l i t y f o r g i n g a r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p with t h e p r e s e n t and d e s t i n y of t h e f u t u r e . To make h i s t o r y one must comprehend h i s t o r i c a l f o r c e s t h e f i r s t s t e p t o freedom f o r any oppressed people i s t o f i n d and f r e e t h e i r h i s t o r y . A c r i t i c a l understanding of Mass Movements w i t h i n t h e Black Community can and must p l a y a v i t a l r o l e w i t h i n t h i s s e r i o u s challenge. -- -- Prerequisites: Distribution: A p r i o r h i s t o r y course i s suggested. Lower D i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s permission. S o c i a l Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 19 Mathematics 61242 - Basic Concepts of Mathematics: The D e m y s t i f i c a t i o n of Elementar m m a t i c s w i l ~ c o u n ta s N a t u r a l Science d i s t r i b u t i o n requiremznt Music 1 ' 82325 Modern N o n - t r a d i t i o n a l Music N o t a t i o n and I t s Uses I n s t r u c t o r : Leland S a t e r e n A s t u d y of contemporary musical s c o r e s which employ n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l n o t a t i o n , followed by o r i g i n a l c l a s s work i n n o t a t i n g musical sounds v i a g r a p h i c symbols. Prerequisites : Distribution: Music 82224 (Theory) None Time: I1 Room: Music 10 Philosophy - c o u r s e s number 82135 and 82435 should be 83135 and 83435 P o l i t i c a l Scieace/Speech, Communication 85342 ( P o l i t i c a l Science) 98342 (Speech) Mass Communication - Society Instructor: Milda Hedblom E f f e c t s of mass communication on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g p u b l i c o p i n i o n r e s e a r c h and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . Prerequisites : Distribution: None S o c i a l Science o r Humanities o r Urban S t u d i e s Time: I1 Room: Old Main 8 P o l i t i c a l Science (Summer ) 85340 The B r i t i s h - Design f o r Mass Media is CANCELLED The wrong course d e s c r i p t i o n was i n c l u d e d i n I n t e r i m c a t a l o g . Physics Progress Or D i s a s t e r : Where Is Mankind Going? Instructor: It should be: Mark Engebretson Like i t o r n o t , s c i e n c e h a s become a v i t a l s o c i a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l f o r c e i n modern America, m o s t l y f o r t h e wrong r e a s o n s . While " b e t t e r l i v i n g through chemistry" and "progress i s our most important product" f i l l t h e media, s e r i o u s t h i n k e r s g r a p p l e w i t h t h e u r g e n t problem of s u r v i v a l amid p o l l u t i o n , o v e r p o p u l a t i o n , and t h e i n c r e a s i n g r o b o t i z a t i o n of man. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l look a t many of t h e misconceptions of s c i e n c e , and a t some of t h e s o c i a l i s s u e s f a c i n g s c i e n t i s t s and n o n - s c i e n t i s t s a l i k e : Texts : A. Readings on t h e i d e a of p r o g r e s s : how we g o t h e r e r e l i g i o u s and s o c i a l r o o t s of t h e popular b e l i e f i n p r o g r e s s through s c i e n c e . B. & I n q u i r y i n t o t h e Human P r o s p e c t , H e i l b r o n e r : c i v i l i z a t i o n a s we know i t may be doomed! The Next 200 Years Kahn; Mankind i s making more p r o g r e s s than ever! C. The S t r u c t u r e of S c i e n t i f i c R e v o l u t i o n s , Kuhn: s c i e n c e does n o t n e c e s s a r i l y l e a d t o p r o g r e s s o r happiness. D. The P o v e r t y of Power, Commoner: a c a r e f u l s t u d y of t h e o p t i o n s i n o u r f u t u r e . - - - - - J Open t o a l l s t u d e n t s . Films w i l l augment l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n . P r e r e q u e s i t e s : None Distribution: Urban S t u d i e s requirement Time: I1 Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 22 Pra,rams in EL. ope Program in Africa Economics IIc: Business and Economics: Multinational Corporations focus on Egypt119 Amin Kadir, Augshurg Art 11: The Arts of Europe 6m Reidar Dittmann, S t . Oluf Cost: $+@tH0 W i t h l l ~ t ~ ~ ~ i uionul l t i ~d~- tu) rt l ) ~ ~ r ~for111 i t i ~ rO~~i ~ ~ I I S ~ Tt v I ~- ~ S i~ WII! 1 1 l ~ ~ ~ r v i Ill u iIi<l ) t i i ~ ! , -~~I ~ ~ S ~ I I \rt)rIci. CS~ tit) IIIS(JII~~II~ ii~m art5rkp:111{11111 11rol1~~1ot1t IIIY ~%;III\ ; \ ~ ~ i ' r i ~rt~r1>oriil ~rr \vt)rltl. Since I(,$I l < ~ y ~ , t iI<OI i )~ SIITI,~ I t i d j 1 1 kqnidlltls ;lrr 11t1t f ~ ~ l f i l I p~IICI [ l Inui11rtrn11)vtitioli is 1ni11im:iI. I ' l p p t is r c ~ * ( ~ i v iriy: ~ r ~ u ;cr tht c ~ ~ t i cth(rsi. ~ r ! d ~ ~ from y s 111c, ~ r ~ ~ r r ~ Irr~sir~r.ss r:;rr~ rulnlnlrnlty, I$LtI h: r: r~ IaItI i oI tC ~c' ~ s ~" l t u r ;und i l 1.t41grr~us 11~l i d s pla\ u r ~ ~ a jr (d~vr111 31311 I~IIK 1t5I)USIII~!\S ns11-1117~ I I I ~ prnctivcs, t l ~ crlrc - ~ r l r ~ i t cdiduretlt I.~IIIII111ust'I)! t l r r C'i~itetl States. Thus thesuccess of multinational corporations i n I<~>-g?t(I~~)L,IILIS tfr ;i I;lrgc d ~ g r v t 011 , I1i1b1riil)llit I ~LICI~I~SI I to IIIC,ch:rr;lctt!r c ~ E f \ lltilc18 IIII~III(YS .ipl~roii~I~i*+. I'iirti~,il,;u~thu i i f ~ t ~IIIC ~ IIILI~~II. ( l ~ ,t I'I(II~~II c ~ w l j r > r i i t i11r11l it~~~ td 111isinfis~ I~I~ 1 1 e r~1r1t1 : i I it5 r ~ j l vi l l l*:gyl~lTI ~ r i i ri1.111~lr l \\,it IT c ~ n y ! l y ! (111 ~ tt1t6~ ~ i ~ t i oI ~ ~ iS ' s~ ~hih~or! I I C S, t111. S rolv I I ~ IIICIII~r ~ ~ i l c< ~ y i ~ rl d ' si ~ i i ) i r 11rs trill IAI~IHII, Ihr lm;il ~ ~ ( ~ n usys1~111, 1it:Is. U I I ~ 1111: r o l r tlf YO) t-rn111~11t ill co111rt11 of Ihe 11i1lIIJI>'S woriomy. I.ec:tur~?i l>y IIII~ i v r unlwrts will hc :id(l~d ro t h ( s ~ I+ ~llr instructl~r\vIln i s t ~ i n l s c l l :I ~ < ~ !~* p t i a ~ I'hccuunc. ~. will Ilc bnscd i n t:;uru ~rmitlll i c l d trips t o :\luh:ir~cIri~l.Saqclrlr:~, Memphis, Luxor, and Aswan. Does not count toward major Fulfills distrihution requirement nl :\trgsbttrg on/!/ Grading: Optional Enrollment: Cost: $895.00 Beginning w i t h a brief stay i n Italy for a background expos ure to the art of the Renaissance i n Florence, the course will focus on nirli!tt,rr~tllthtalttur! II~{JV~IIIPII~S ;IS shown i n galleries i n Zurich, M~III~C.~I. ( :(1111g1itn. .\IIS~ 1~ri1:111i,Paris, and London. Relatively Ilrit-t ~ t i i y 5ill LIlt-cllir.~I~II I.OII~V will be followed Students will be reby one wevk rgucl~i r ~P:iri> iirrtl I+OI~{~IIII, quired to keep a journal and prepare an evaluative paper o n a single artist represented i n one or more o f thecollections viewed. Counts totvard hrt Major Fulfills distril~utio~~ requirement (Area B ) Enrollment. 8 Prerequisite:Consent of Instructor Classics 11: Mediterranean Culture Cost: $975.00 Lloyd Gunderson, S t . Oluf .fhr c.lvilizatirrn ( ~ (;r{btu.c f I r r m tllt. Hronzr :\gr thrt111gh vim r(l tram t \\,o 11r111i*i]>~tI l~~i*i~tiut~s, Ilernr-lcuri~;IIILI ;Z~~II!IIS, l>uily Irvturos i i l ~ tvisits l t o Hrunzr Age Mino:111sites iil (:rctc at LIIDSSOS. t ' l ~ i ~ i s t;1 o1~1d . Millliii, ( : ! i ~ ~ s i ~ * i411tiq11it hl v ;111dt!lt~w:III t ct1tit111 t o t l\v vast IX>IIIX-I i o 111 ~ tht! ~ ~\rcli:~t!o~o~ical Museum at Heracleum. In Athens and its environs, w i t h the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the Bronze Age of the Mycanaeans, and field trips t o Classical sites. Counts toward mejor. Fulfills distril~utionrequireme~~t (Area A or B). Enrollment: 25 French 111: French Language, Culture, Cost: $895.00 and Theater in Paris Verena Conley, S t . O l ~ f German IIb: Encounter with the T w o Germanys Hanno Klassen, S t . O l ~ f Cost: $895.00 :\stud! I J ~tile xepurute rvuys olC;errlr;lily sillc~e1945. 'I*\r,rr \r*i.ckb r v i l l ~ t l i v r ~ r p l cof tllc. (:crnl:lr~ Dt:uurcr;rtic I{c'l)~rl)lic ~ r , i~i ~ ) ~e t J i ~ o t v c n ci t ?r ~ c * ~ u t5t;iy i i ~ ~111 g t11t. i;t!<it~rd~l >,11>1ic .Il ~ v r ~ ~* ~ur ~i~us rrtlesig~letl o f <;~*~III~III>, st* l t r 4 1 s tIlc ~~ Ci~rrnik1~\~tl~II~I~L for - ii i , t ~ n ~ ~ - ~ i i r5111cly u t i v t -n f tlie t w o ~ ~ ' ~ ~ I ~ ; I ~ I S ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I I sr,I~iclrII:IVI-~IILI~)~~~I vt-r, (llffrrerrt p o l i t i ~ * ;l~~l i i t i o t ~ s I n theGerln:111I)clnrwri~tir.Hepublic i h c j r l u t h Hostel i n Leipzi w i l l IIC tliccontnrt 1 ) ~ sSide ~ . trips will hcamade to other j a c e s 11tcult~1r111 ir~tcrt.st.M u n r r h \\illh e t h e location for inquiries into l ~ f ill c thc I;edc.r;il Ilcpublic. Students \\,ill l i v e w i t h host famllitbs I n ~ l i \ ~ ~<.ot~tact d ~ ~ u lw i t h the people is stressed. Lecturtdr :!nil dihc~lssior~s t r i t h students and reli~ior~ R~~JIII)~, s vibita to .rwi:lI 311dv t ! l f : ~ r ~I t*~ s t i t i ~ l i ( l t and ~s, IIIIL*IIL~~I~ICP at ; ~ r t i ~ tli > c ~~ ~ r f i ~ r ~A~I I~~ ri -i ~ s l~~ci lt i~i lsi ~Daily ~~~s dih~ll%~itlllh. Pi~rti<,ijml~ 11rt. t s ra)r~t*l,tcttt o sj)in:~k(:rrri~an at all I irr~e,. I.:;lcl~ s ~ ~ i d c is u tr w l i l i r c d t o kcel) it jourllal. Counts toward German major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A ) Enrollment: 20 Prerequisite:German 32 . Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London Pat Quade, S t . 'Oluf Cost: $895.00 Study o f drama through attendance at performances. More than 40 theatres make L o n d o n the theatrical center of the E r ~ n l i s l ~ - s p er ~\vurl(I k i ~ ~311~1will c n i t I ) l ~S~U~PIIIS t o uxperlerlue variutles opdrunratic ruductio~ti.r r ~ u d c r iuld r ~ tradi~lrruul.'I'lle courscb rvill ill\'oS)vc plu! i l t t e ~ l d u n cuntl i ~ rlisCUS~IIIII, I)i~rk>lsgt. o\)s(:rv:lllcrri alld c.trr~scrvetlu~~. Supplrb111e11tii1 vtslts ,irt5 p1ut111tdti1 l l ~ ~ c u l t u~ r~~l t~r ilt c t i (111 ~ n1,011$ IIOII, Stri~tforcl,Oxford, L I I I ~ ( : ~ ~ n ~ I > r i i Ii111cI g e , l o ;I rcprcose~it;ilivt. rryiouel t Iltwtrr, S t ~ r d c ~will ~ t skeep j t r ~ ~ r n s l ~ . (:OIIII~\ to\\;ir(l Engl~shor Speech major Ftrlfills d~stril~utlo~r ret~ulreme~~t (Area :\ or HI Grading is Pass/ No Credit only Enrollment: 25 F o r advanced students i n French. Attendance at performances intc pr,~letl\tit li analysis i111t1clixc~~ssion. \'isils 11);1rtistic and ctlht;rrt~ ex hillits. T w o full-tl:~ycoxcurslorla( t o (\.cbr. Interdisciplinary IIb: Theatre in London sailles and (:hafires) n i t h French-s leakin lectnrrrs. OptiilnToni C. 'l'hornton, .-Iugsl~urg al week-enrl r.wcursir,ns t o Normiln& Stll$y of items t r i trlplCost: $895.00 r.;d i ~ i f v r l r rill l tlrc! tiail! a1111 trci.kly prt:w. 0 1 i vc ~ thc f rnnst Theatre i n London will provide the opportunity t o experst utiy c l u r i ~ q the pcriod is LIlr i1r11lort11111 ; + u p ~ ~oft sI21r~u11jic ience the finest theatre i n the world. T h e heart of the course fnur Ittrun c ~ c't~nvt-rwtiol~:II f I)~;II'LI~P ill KruuI)h of tllrci+ %%'ill ~ r l t u r ~ t ~~l rI~IdgIi h~~ ~ l r s ipl r~tg~ d t ~ ~ t hi ~ fIt:l~:~issal~ce, rfl s ~:III,~I,wit11 ;I Irrtb11r11 51 IIC~~-III t l w [ 111ivd!rsityt ~ 1':irls f ;IV~III~ r n pcr*t!d 1)) the R ( y a l I l e s t o r i t t i ~ i111d ~ r ~ i ~ ~ o i l c~IIv. in t i ~ t n r S . l u d t ! ~ ~tvlll t s lir~-i) ~i t l . ~ i l yji1iis11111 ill F r ( : ~ ~ cl11ci1rli Sh;lkcspoirt. (:trrnp~rlv.I 1 e 0 l c l VIC, the YOIIIIR Vic, the NaI 111to t ! ~ w t r ~ IIII~ . ~ ~ ~ r ~ e r I>II v : ~ l i t ~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ ~ r rc-fleclic)~~> ~ ~ t l r ~III~ tiirrlul I hcetrt.. :~llrlrrthcrs, \'isits t o ttic R r i t i ~ hkltlseurl~, lirollrl~l i f e the Victoria and Albert Museum, the National Portrait Counts toward French major. (;ollcry. the T a l e (:nllery, t l ~ 'fnsver c of I,rrndorr, the tiuust3 Fulfills distribution reuuirement (Area A). of t':~rlinme~rt,r u ~ Stratford d up011hvon. 'I'irnc \\ill be nlGrading is Pas No Credit only. luttuti for i n d r p c n d r r ~ iictivilics. t crudes \rill I)<!l m e d Enrollment: Prerequisite: French 51 with minimum grade of BI t f p~ lu~ ~ and s produou p 1 1participition i a ~ ~ C . U S S ~ I J I of s t t ~ d r ~ l tisl n' p r c ~ s s ~ o ~ l ~ tior~s,UIII~ 111x31111 j ~ t r r t ~ rl ct l~ o r d i r l g u ~ t irnnlyses d of t h u plays, tlisc~~ssions a~ld c v r ~ ~ot fstile Interim. Counla l~rtvurtll'r~gllsl~ rlr 5fwtr.h major. Fulfillr rll*frlln~titlnr ~ r l i ~ i r t ! r l r c ~ ~ ~ . Gradi~tg1% l'ad No 1:rr-cIilo111y Enrolln~c~~t, If ~L!II Program in the Middle East Interdisciplinary IIc: Industrial Democracy in Europe Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D. Cost: $895.00 Daniel Hellinger, S t . Olof Harold Ditmanson, S t . Olclf Il~tcrrru~ir~n;ll ccrulomic L t r r ~ aeerrl ~ s l o b e drltwirig Icuro e t11gct11t~. w f ~ i l t * t : t l i iA~ Z~ rI ~lass ~ * < ~ ~ ~wilf lItin i c ~i s~ ~ ~ l l slalc% :Ire a1 ri1ir11I I lllitio~iill ~ rc~ht!$ivt!tli?is.T ~ ~ + I ' ~ I11.I111 I~SU .rn~Ict>nflict,I~rrlllc~rlliorntc frrruk olr I he forces <)Ictrllt.jtcl~~ a n d political, which are shaping t h e form a n d scope of industrial democracy in Europe. Discussion planned with businessmen, scholars, t r i d e unionists a n d politicians. Cit'ies on t h e itinerary a r e Amsterdam, Brussels, Luxembourg, Strasbourg, Paris a n d London. C:ounts to\vard Political Science or Economics major (depending upon the type of requirements completed) Fulfills distribution requirement (Area C ) Enrollment: 25 Prerequisites: One course in Economics or onecourse in Political Science or com~letionof a short readine list us a substitute. A study desi 11iv11 4 3 1r1i1kc<;I\ristiili~11is1c)ry(.ottle aIis,t~ f I t r ~ n l :is r ;UI r.ii~n~l,lc tlf through a n ex$a;l i l r l l ~ l (:lirihtl;t~i vWestern i ~ ~C h~r i s~t i ; ~ ~Iristtlr! , in rntcrar~t~amI l t ~ : ~ d i ;utll ~ t g It-(.tures will be carPF~~IIy i ~ t t c # r i l l t ~wit l 11 dirc1'1 C " X I X I L I I ~!<IP sites, monumenls, ilrt : L I I L ~:rl.tii;it:tb relilterl I c i l h r d r v r l r q ~ ment of t h e Church in Rome. Beginning with t h e pagan city, t h e seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center a n d its continued importance ttrrtjuyhu~ltt b c Mirlrllc Ages. Resources include t h e v a t i c a n Mtisutl~t~, Col:~cu~mt>s. Basilicae of St. Peter a n d Paul, papal tolnI)s, ctc I5ricf v ~ r i l s will b e m a d e t o Florence. Assisi, Subiavo, I'clmpri~. I'is:~. Counts toward Religion major Fulfills general requirement. Enrollment: 35 Prerequisite: Religion 11, or erluivale~lt,interest in Christian history, and npproval of Religion Department chairman. Music IIg: Instrumental Music in England 1825-1977 Russian Ila: USSR: A Cultural Experience Cost: $895.00 Miles H . Johnson, S t . O l ~ f An instrumental ensemble of 45-BOstudents, selected b audition. will participate in a work-study program d i v i d e l into two segments: 1. T h e history, development, musical and instrumental structure, a n d t h e literature of t h e British W i n d Band. Daily lectures and/or rehearsals with t h e instructor and with British historians a n d musicians. These will trace wind music from Handel l l t r o ~711~ ~hibgiants such as Holst and Britten. 2. Study prrjt.ctsj,y lrlmps of students on aspects of musical life in a n istrli~teiliskllri I cu It u re. Sample topics: T h e Music of Handel, Cathedral Festivals, BBC a n d Music in England, Music a n d Times of Elgar, Jacob. Sources for research include t h e British Museum, Victoria a n d Albert Museum, Cathedral libraries. Lectures and stud will be supplemented by attendance at concerts a n d fierd trips t o Oxford, Cambridge a n d Coventry. (bunts toward Music major. Fulfills distribution requirement (Area B ) Enrollment: 45-80 Prerequisite: Acceptable Audition James Walker, St. Olc~f Cost: $995.00 round trip trc~nsportationfrom Chicirgo Focus on Kiev, Moscow a n d Leningrad - with trips to Zagorsk a n d Vladimir-Suzdal - t o experience a portion of t h e rich cultural heritage of t h e Russian people, from their classic church architecture to their ballet, from their folk , r r rE::lct~ ; ~ r ~ 1):lrticipant will b e ex1n11sir.I ( r tlruir c l ~ i ~ l t ~ ~ r ~ [irrl. I > ~ ~ ,ti1t ~rw(I ! ~ li l l ;I 511t1*ii1iiv,tvliirtit t ~ titishian f culture as L ~ rrturfl t o campus sub[)rrp;~retirint r ~ tr ho V O ~ I T ~~ CI I up1111 mit a paper o n o n e a s p w t rrf ~ ~ ~ c c ~ a l i z abased t i o n on such reading a n d personal c x p c r i u ~ ~ c in u s t h e USSR. Brief visits to Prague, Czechoslovukin i111tlM'arsaw, Poland. Counts to\r,ard Russian major. Does not fulfill distribution requirement Enrollment: 25 Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture, and Theatre in Madrid Cost: $895.00 Leon Narvaez, S t . Olc~f blmed a Improvingspoken S p b h , widening cuhud exwience,and b b i r g ncqmhted wikb the S tm -in Mrdrid with rtutiy ttlp to A v u ~ , Valley of the Fitllen, El b & l , mid Sc ovla &tl*itia Includetutoring three Hnm a wehk by &ankh skudab from bheUdvsrstty of Mudrld. h uent vUts to t h e Prado E&!!k- and other mseumr, a t t h d a * athearmptqfaqnances intpl~iutad with analysis and dlwwlon. Tbe group will l a wandswcem of the Madrid Symphony, fUm show- Ings, a n d other cultural functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services Students will keep a journal rn Spunrsh CounU tnw&dSpanlsh major Fulf~lbd*ihut~on requirement (Area A ) c r d d b.PasgrNo ~ ~ Credit only E n r o l k d : I3 Prereqursrte Spanrsh 51 wlth mlnrmum grdde of R- Biology IIe or IIIe: Human Ecology in Israel Cost: $1,100.00 Daniel palm, -St. Olclf Drsigrrccl t o p r r ~ m o t ea stt~cl)iriltl discovery of t h e interactons u11d relr~tiurlsl~ips betwccu rn:ln, his v u l ~ u r ea n d history, a n d 121c(!nvirrlrllncut in whirl1 11e livm. !l~c!course will be interdisciplinan I I I ~i:~tui-1:.I I I u cotilltry \\it11 a I I I I ~ L ~riIrigt. ~IP of climatic, geolt~gicr~l, r:tCiitl, n'rrtlrrrnic ; I I L histciric.ul ~ ~ ~,)cl'~ spectives, t h e p t ~ r s ~r ~h iI hi. l usct'nt o l nl:lll C ~ I I II I Ix~rtic~~lslrIy rewarding. Field t r i p rrrounrl J ~ - ~ I S : I ~ tVo I(:;tlilee, II, 1111: Mediterranean sc.:il)rri~rrl.Ihe J I K ~ n~ildt!rl~t%>, ~II Negrv tlcsert, a n d t h e Red Sea i ~ Eilat t \\ill prrlvide tl~nplerrppnrtunity t o learn at t h e centers (11onfirluitv. I.ectur*, discussicit~s, a n d assigned readings will ~rttvirlctht. Ircluk~rounrlfor tllc preparation of a puprr rleit/irlg ncith s o m e sj,rcitic topir in h u m a n ecology in Israel. Counts toward Biology major. Fulfills distribution requirement (~\reoD ) Enrollment: 30 Prerequisite: One semester of biology and one semester of behavioral science. Programs in Mexico and the Caribbean Program in Hawaii Religion IIf: Proclamation and Development: Dynamics of Christian Social Concern Cost: $310.00 in the Third World pltrs trcinsportution Ansgar Sovik, St. Ol(lf Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian Intercultural Relations Olaf Millert, St. Olrif cultural a n d archaeological sites. Emphasis o n differing cultural values in t h e Spanish language area. Counts toward Spanish major. Grading is Pass/ No Credit only. Prerequisite: Spanish 51 ' 1 . 1 ~st I I ~ : \ \ i l l l(wiis W I tl~i!r c h t it111 of t :Itrid ~ I I TpI r i ~ ~ - l i t ~ ~ t ; t t ioti 1i1 Ixlvtbrfy. udllic.:~lolq>r{:h\itlr~i ~ n dwtiill i n j l ~ s l ill i~~ Interdisciplinary IId: Intercultural tl~[:'ftlird bl~[lrlc~. i111~ltilt. (:hrbstia~~s'r i ~ I ~ o ~ ~ s i lfor j i l tvork. i~y Cost: $490.00 Communication in Mexico i r ~ gt~r\vilrrintruc.turrs !hot nlnkc presil,lc ;I trrilv h11mn11 Joel Mugge, Augshurg rxittrnru. 'I'hv ~ I I H H ~( ~i Jt Ihrllir. llcrledirtrr~uhlo~iasler, :11 \r.ilT hourr purt rr.lpalrtr. hl ur~l. iihuutrprc Ilair I:uc:r~luv:~c;~ tluvrd i l l hIuxict>(:itv, Ouxnca, arid [I I~r!nt:dirtirtculnllnsl ~ ~stnfl illid OI her q~laliJic(iI C Y 11rrr~ ~ h e n ol t IIP h , l ( ~ l l i'ry L T * (:IICTIIIII,IIC~I, \\,it 11 SIII~III Icry i l l t Ilc \,iII;~gt.of : \ ~ I U : I I U ~Ittb:Ir i g r ~ u d i n kA, I I I ~ I ~;111cl , ~ I ~ S C I I ~ S I I I I I K ~ I M tie111 *t~llls l ~ i l ~l d i~r ~r~ e~t i lt11tI ~ trlpb Itr trllter ptirls of 111thc t ~ c ~ n l r 'I'ruvcl y. to of L.utin I \ I I I C I ~ ~ ' U ~ IlIl i ~ t ~ IrI I~~ ~~{ It I iI I(R ~\ ~r q~> r ~ ~ ( ~ l l lry fr(l ~ bl cxictj provi(i~> h l t ~ x l c \sill t ~ h e h v u11,1rlt,rl)i~s, I I I1rai11, l. '1111rrw,I;uItii.rr~q I.'ril~l.e, sl~c:lrwrilcrs ;rc n t ~ i l i n ~C:lhrli~rti, :t st7tlir1p nhrrin znai~?~ l uItl ivr~l.hwi:~l,uncl r r ~ l i ~ i t >v tl~~s l i ~ t ~ C ~ i v ~ l dl i1~~,t.~I ~, I I I( ; I I \ I ~ V I , :it~[lI)! thr ''(;hri%t~ I I I I Sf i ~ r ar[> mud^ ditfrrt*iit fr~tiitotIr II\\~II. 'rl~t?rotlrw will ex1)liirtb Srw*iulis~n"~ r ~ a r v t ~ i ri rr ir ~IAutir~ ~ t :\rilrric:t, Dtrtr.1 t:ulltrrurt.~o ways in which tllusia :tq)ec.ts of culture influence a n d shape ~~t i111ii~ ~ I V ~ ~ I V ~ IillI I~P! ~I ~I II I I I I I I ~ dT vI v~ ~i ?VI r ) p n ~ eprtijrct t h e communication pr(~'ch5,both verbal a n d non-verbal. An I I I ~ [ ) I I ~w11it.h I I t IIV r11t1wI1is s i ~ - k i r itgu a c l ~ i a l i wits s<wi:ll examination of tht- I ~ a r r i e nthat block effective communicatirtn l w l t t e ~ . cultures n urlcl explrrrt. thr. ways ~ h r r i I~orricrs * concoril \\'ill Ilc i u ~int egriil lirrrt o f t hc progrunt Wct!k-end call 11e tlrokc~ldown will hr facilititted ~ I I I . ~hI .dIi r ( ~ ,Ct O I ~ ~ : I C I fivlil lrilis tvill fc11t11rc41r~ibsoi c u l l u r ~ al n d r c l i g i o ~ ~in.s of 'l'eol ilruuc-all. tc!rc>t, a1lc.h :ds kfexico (:it\. lllc ~>vruniitis with scvr:rul rlimensions r)f M r r i r a n lifr - t.l!ran Mllxicrl <:it?, 1 IIC coIorl'1~1 ;\ACV ~ n : l r k ~I f( * \ v ~<>( I * I ' q x > ~ t l :tiIIL~ ~311q11ifi. tllc i ~ i d i ~ e ~ uculture lus of Oax:lc.:I, a disciplined monastic OL'JII a r c l l : ~ t ~ ~ l ur(*~i~uins ~ i ~ ~ t l~t OLIXI.<~, t lit, ~ ' r i ~ f~t 'sl t ! of ll Several t.rrnlm~i~~It!, ; ~ n tdh e residents 11l:i s r ~ ~ evillage. 'l'uxcrr. PIC. pri~wrllrlr.kl e ~ t sa, n extensive d:~ily jourtliil, a n d a final paper Counts to\vard Religion major will b e required. Fulfills general requirement. Does not count tolvard major. Enrollment: 20 Fulfills distribution requirement. Prerequisite: Freshmen religion Grading is PasVNoCredit only. Enrollment: 40 ." Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish in Cuernavaca, Mexico Cost: $450.00 plus trnnsportnlion Staff of Cuernavaca Language School (formerly C I D O C ) lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish Language in t h e native setting with native-speaking instructors, at t h e Cuernavaca Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Strong emphasis o n t h e development of functional languageskills at t h e upper-intermediate level. T h e relationship of language t o culture is also treated. Occasional trips t o important cultural and archaeological sites. A " working ' language course in an exciting a n d colorful setting. Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32. Grading is Pass/ No Credit on1 Prerequisite: Successful compttion of Spanish 31 01 equivalent Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in Cuernavaca, Mexico Cost: $450.00 plus transportution Staff of Cuernavaca Language School (formerly C I D O C ) lntensivestudy of t h e Spanish langua e a t t h e advanced level in a nativesetting with native-spea&ing instructors o f t h e C:ucrllnvar:l Language School in Cuernavaca, Mexico. S t n r n ~r!lnptlusis o n t h e development a n d perfecting of langungcskills at t IIP advanced level. Trips to important Interdisciplinary Ile: French and Art: French Caribbean Culture Cost: $895.00 Mary E. Johnson, :\ugshurg Stuilin i l l tllp :hrI. Iiiston.. III\I\~C'. IJIILI 1.uItura1 richness of Haiti artrl hlarti~iil.l~lv. tllelr rule 111 tltc French-speaking v : ~ ~r r f I h e Caribbean. \r,orld. ilrltl I heir s i # ~ t i f i c i ~ l ~ (:I : Wlrl After four cl;t!,s ol ~ntclrsivcprrp;lr:tljol~Ian campus, t h e t\vo itnri unt: hi111' u.rrks in I l.iit i, a n d o n e grolrp \r.ill s~~r'liti w r r k ~ I hlrtrti~liqt~tI rvitl~;i p n s s i t j l c ~ l ~ijl pl ( ; ~ ~ u t l e l o u p e . I,rctilrrs, rrarlii~gs,firld er;pcrirl~crs,or:d re >arts a n d a jourr~i~l rt!qi~irr(I. 111Ilaiti, s l r ~ d i still ~ s irlcltlc!r \*isitsto art galleries, t h e C e n t r e D'Art, t h e Albert Schweitzer Hospital, t y I laiti, t h e Citadelle 1,iiIcrric~rc.~ l l Sc t i ~ ~ b ( h e Il n i v t ~ r ~ l irf factory, a n d other ilrterrhf sprrls. SinlS O I I CI '~i ~ l ~ c IiI ~\ug:Ir . Il:w c.~rli)hasiswill pertain in M a r t i n i q u ~Offerrrl for Frt*ilc.h credit o n laltermcdi:tte a n d advanced levels. :~nrl/or:Irl f dclr:lrtn~t:nt. rrrtlit iir~rlcprnclct~t study) by permissic~tlr ~arl niuj<)r Does nut carulll lo\ri~r~l Fulfills distrilr~~~ion rcrl~rirl.rnr~,t at . \ ~ r g . ~ b t t r g o n l ~ ~ Gradili~is Rted No (:rt.di( ~ I I I I V . Enrollrncrlt 85 ~ Cost: $895.00 A study of t h e interrelation of cultures, Asian, Polynesian, a n d American, which h a v e c o m e to interact with each other in Hawaii. Participants will b e assumed to have basic familiarity with t h e American component, a n d t h e course \rill thereforeconcentrate on Asian a n d Polvnesian traditions as shown in social customs, religion, and t h e arts, a n d on t h e consequences of their interaction with t h e American tradition in t h e 5 0 t h state. T w o weeks at theuniversity of Hatvaii in Honolulu, with lecturers from both t h e University of Hawaii a n d t h e EastWest Center, will be follo\t,ed by a third t\:eek at Brigham Young University - Hawaii Campus at Laie. Representatives of t h e various Polvnesian islands will talk about their heritage, and participants \\,ill have access to t h e Polynesian Cultural Center with its displavs a n d performances. In t h e final week at t h e Makapalo Retreat Center on t h e island of Iiarvi~ii.t Ili?rt*will I)e !,unlrli;lr) disct~ssion.;; ~ n tsyn~pohia l I ~ i i t r 1111 l p;l[Irrs uritt~-tl11) s t i ~ d ( * ~ itlrot~l tts thcir ~ ~ l t i ' i i ~ l [>rojtx*t,r\rritIlc o[)port~lnilyt o vxplort. hist(jr1c 5 i t t ~<-I hnic iuld ilrl muaeunls, ri.lifiinus shr111fi- ilrld t lie l~t.at.ht-. Hawaii itself is :i I l v i n ~Iahorator! of ~nturl:ulturitl rrliltinns Counts toward hsian Studies major Fulfills no distril~utionrequirement. Enrollment: 25
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1974
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: INTERIM 1974 Interim Dates January.. 3.- (Thursday) January .4_. (Friday) January 25 January 30 (Friday) (Wednesday) Interim begins. C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day f o r cancel/add - including Independent Study. Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s . In...
Show more INTERIM 1974 Interim Dates January.. 3.- (Thursday) January .4_. (Friday) January 25 January 30 (Friday) (Wednesday) Interim begins. C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m. Last day f o r cancel/add - including Independent Study. Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s . Interim ends. Requirements and Course Load The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e c o l l e g e year. The number of i n t e r i m s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation i s equal t o one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e number of y e a r s of f u l l - t i m e enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d full-time f o r four years i s required t h r e e interims; a student enrolled f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d one i n t e r i m . While a s t u d e n t i s n o t r e q u i r e d t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m , he/she pays t u i t i o n f o r an i n t e r i m during each year he/she i s e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e a t Augsburg. T u i t i o n f o r t h e i n t e r i m i s p a i d a s a p a r t of t h e f a l l t u i t i o n payment. A s t u d e n t may t a k e an i n t e r i m i n h i s major o r o u t s i d e h i s major. Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one i n t e r i m of i t s majors, and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l i n t e r i m i n h i s major. Beyond t h e two i n t e r i m s i n h i s major each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c t i n t e r i m s o u t s i d e h i s major. One i n t e r i m course i s t h e l i m i t of t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic l o a d d u r i n g t h e one-month term. June I n t e r i m s Each year i n t e r i m c o u r s e s w i l l be c f f e r e d f o r t h e following June term of summer school. A s t u d e n t may e n r o l l i n a June i n t e r i m course in l i e u of t h e January t e r m . I f he/she e l e c t s June r a t h e r than January, t h e r e w i l l be no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge. Students planning t h e June i n t e r i m i n l i e u of January, however, must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e June i n t e r i m a t t h e time of i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . Students wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n addi t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r one summer course tuition. D i s t r i b u t i o n Requirements and Grading Each department a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one i n t e r i m course t h a t w i l l f u l f i l l the d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graduation. Each i n s t r u c t o r determines t h e manner i n which he w i l l grade t h e i n t e r i m . The grading i s l i s t e d with each i n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . ~ r a d i t i o n a l ;P/N; Optional. C l a s s Meetings An i n t e r i m course should make t h e same time demands upon t h e s t u d e n t a s a standard semester course. The number and l e n g t h of c l a s s meetings i s not r i g i d l y f i x e d . Students, however, should plan f o r i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n of about t e n hours p e r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i l l be l a b s , f i e l d study, t r a v e l , readings, r e p o r t s , and papers. A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days of the t-e-r i m . C -- - - i-n -. - l a s s I w i l l m e e t on t h e f i r s t day - a t 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1 - - - w i l l meet on t h e f i r s t day a t 1:00 p.m. On-Campus C l a s s e s and Off-Campus Classes The following calalogue l i s t s t h e Interim courses a v a i l a b l e a t Augsburg. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e courses, Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l f o r t h e i r I n t e r i m a t Hamline, Macalester, o r S t . Catherines i n S t . Paul, and a t S t . Olaf i n N o r t h f i e l d . Should s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s about o t h e r campus I n t e r i m s and major requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t with t h e department chairman of t h e i r major. Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s about othercampus I n t e r i m s and d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, they should c o n s u l t with the Registrar. Independent Study Students may e l e c t an independent study program f o r t h e Interim. I f they p l a n such, they must meet t h e department's requirements f o r independe n t study. They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e time of r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r t h e I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement from t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who w i l l d i r e c t t h e i r independent study program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t i v e o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g bibliography, f o r t h e independent study must be submitted t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r no l a t e r than January 3 , 1974. No independent study may be undertaken a f t e r January 4, 1974. C l a s s Day The Interim day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks of time. These time p e r i o d s are f l e x i b l e , but. t h e f l e x i b i l i t y w i l l be determined by t h e i n s t r u c t o r and t h e c l a s s a t the f i r s t session. Cancelling and Adding Friday, January 4 , 1973, i s t h e l a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g and adding a course. Students with p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s about t h e I n t e r i m should c o n s u l t D r . Mark ~ a v i s ,Associate Dean, Science H a l l 135, Extension 402. Department of A r t 10150 Jewelry Experience i n making m e t a l jewelry with an emphasis on d e s i g n , m a t e r i a l s , and p r o c e s s . I n s t r u c t o r : Holen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes Enrollment : 12 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: Lower l e v e l , S c u p l t u r e S t u d i o , A r t B u i l d i n g 10242 Film Making Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . Discussion and o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m . I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes Enrollment: 20 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I1 Room: Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g and A l l 0 Fee: $50 ' Department of Biology 20110 Man and the Environment The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man h a s made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h urbani z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n and t h e p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n . Some l a b o r a t o r y demonstrations of t h e l e c t u r e concepts and d i s c u s s i o n s on t h e p r e s e n t n a t u r a l s i t u a t i o n i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . I n s t r u c t o r : Mickelberg ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Yes P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None. ( I f you can s e e l i g h t n i n g and hear thunder, y o u ' r e in!) Enrollment: 30 Grading: O p t i o n a l Time: I Room: 213 and 202 S c i e n c e H a l l 20353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology comparative study dealing with classification, morphology, evolution, distribution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. A Instructor: Herforth Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Biology 12 (General Biology) Enrollment : 20 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: L e c t . , 205 - Lab 214 Science Hall . . 20471 , Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultra-structure. Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology and biochemistry. Instructor: Kerr Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Biology 112 (General Biology); Recommended Chem. 223 or 351 and Physics 123 Enrollment: 15 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 227 Science Hall Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics 21102 Principles of Financial Accounting Formulation of general purpose financial statements, and their evaluation from perspectives of various user groups such as creditors, investors, governmental agencies, and the public. Instructor: O'Malley Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisites: 101 1nt.roduction t.o Accounting Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 27 Old Main 21495 Topics: Introduction to Operations Research Lectures, discussions, meetings with the members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. Instructor: Matsumoto Distribution requirement: Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 25 Grading : Optional Time: I Room: 22 Old Main 22120 Yes Economics of Urban Issues Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; ~istributingFree Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Note: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 rather than 120. Instructor: Sabella Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban) Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 8 Old Main 22122 Principles of Economics An introduction of macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Instructor : Herforth ~istributionrequirement: Yes Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: 23 Old Main Department of Chemistry 34104 P a t t e r and P l a s t i c s Wrap t h e wgrld i n p l a s t i c s - - a t l e a s t then it can be handled, squeezed, and s a t on, without s o i l . Plastics-what? L e t ' s f i n d out! Does i t fume o r only f u s e ? Find o u t f o r yourself how good o r how bad t h e types of p l a s t i c s a r e . Lectures and Laboratory. No p r e r e q u i s i t e , b u t it s u r e w i l l h e l p i f you know some chemistry. I n s t r u c t o r : Agre D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Enrollment: 30 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l 34353 Yes Time: Room: I 320 Science H a l l Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry This course w i l l cover volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric techniques of a n a l y s i s . The course i s t o be taken by chemistry majors, normally i n t h e I n t e r i m of t h e i r sophmore year. Medical t e c h n o l o g i s t s should t a k e Chemistry 353 i n t h e s p r i n g semester. There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s . I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Chemistry 106 o r 116 Enrollment: 25 Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l 34498 Time: Room: I 315 Science H a l l I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Chemical Research Junior and s e n i o r chemistry majors have a n opportunity t o become acquainted with chemical r e s e a r c h by pursuing a t o p i c o r problem i n d e t a i l . A t l e a s t one member of t h e chemistry f a c u l t y w i l l work with s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s of t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d , o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . Off-campus a c t i v i t i e s such a s r e s e a r c h a t Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o d i s c u s s h i s r e s e a r c h b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m . I n s t r u c t o r : Alton ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : junior o r s e n i o r Chemistry major Enrollment: 12 Time: I Grading: ~ r a d i t i o n a l Room: 318 Science H a l l DeDartment of Education 44495 Elementary Classroom Teaching S p e c i a l t i e s Opportunity t o r e s e a r c h s p e c i f i c problem l e a r n i n g a r e a s , t o c o l l e c t and/or c r e a t e l e a r n i n g p r o j e c t s , t o apply r e s u l t s i n t h e experience of t u t o r i n g an i n d i v i d u a l o r a very small group and t o become acquainted with v a r i o u s t y p e s of contemporary methods i n teaching. Student may r e s e a r c h innovative school systems. The course w i l l be organized t o meet education des i r e s of i n d i v i d u a l c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s . I n s t r u c t o r : Pelton D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Major i n elementary education and consent of instructor. Time: I1 Enrollment: 20 Room: Library 4 Grading: P/N 44275 ~ x p l o r i n gt h e World of t h e Pre-Schooler Experience i n planning, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s f o r Day C a r e Center f o r use i n nursery school and e a r l y c h i l d hood education. I n a d d i t i o n t o classroom l e c t u r e s , s t u d e n t s w i l l be assigned t o Day Care Centers and Nursery Schools f o r o b s e r v a t i o n s and p a r t i c i p a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o elementary education majors Time: I Enrollment: 20 Room: L i b r a r y 4 Grading: P/N -Secondary Education 45375 Audio-visual I n t e r n s h i p The s t u d e n t w i l l be assigned f u l l time t o work c l o s e l y with t h e Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r of a p u b l i c school having an o u t s t a n d i n g audio-visual department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have experiences i n a l l of t h e f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n of an audio-visual department. I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No Enrollment: 15 Grading: P/N No Time: Room: I1 Library I 45478 School and Society The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced by a study of e d u c a t i o n a l philosophy and t h e development of American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be studied. I n s t r u c t o r : Fardig ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Enrollment : 30 Grading: Optional No Time: Room: I1 315 Science H a l l Department of English 54219 Writing f o r Pleasure (Advanced Writing: C r e a t i v e ) The focus w i l l be on d e s c r i p t i v e and n a r r a t i v e w r i t i n g , both p r o s e and poetry. Each s t u d e n t may work a t h i s own l e v e l and experiment with d i f f e r e n t k i n d s of w r i t i n g . C l a s s p e r i o d s w i l l be s p e n t i n d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n of t h e s t u d e n t ' s work. I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s who complete t h i s course w i l l comprise t h e s t a f f of Loose Change, t h e c o l l e g e l i t e r a r y magazine, and w i l l prepare t h e s p r i n g i s s u e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n . I n s t r u c t o r : Livingston D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes P r e r e q u i s i t e s : 111 o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r Time: Enrollment: 12 Room: Grading: Optional 54239 I1 22 Old Main Women Writers and Woman's I d e n t i t y A study of some female w r i t e r s of t h e t w e n t i e t h century, including V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r f i c t i o n and p o e t r y what it means t o be a woman. I n a d d i t i o n t o reading f o r c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n , each s t u d e n t w i l l read i n some depth t h e work of one woman w r i t e r of h i s / h e r choice. I n s t r u c t o r : C. Nicholl D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 20 Grading: Optional Yes Time: Room: I 25 Old Main 54289 D. H . Lawrence: The S e n s i t i v e Rebel D. H . Lawrence sought t o open f o r d i s c u s s i o n any i s s u e s t h a t he saw a s neglected: t h e r o l e of passion i n l i f e , t h e t h r e a t of mechanical humans, t h e sexual r e l a t i o n s h i p , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of body and s p i r i t , and o t h e r s . He has been l a v i s h l y p r a i s e d and s t r o n g l y denounced. He has been r e c e n t l y attacked a s an a n t i f e m i n i s t and more r e c e n t l y defended. This course w i l l attempt t o answer some of t h e c u r r e n t q u e s t i o n s about Lawrence and t o i n v e s t i g a t e h i s major works and themes. I n s t r u c t o r : Sargent D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Enrollment: 30 Grading: Optional 54349 Yes Time: Room: I1 21 Old Main Psychology and L i t e r a t u r e Our age i s one of i n t r o s p e c t i o n . I n some r e s p e c t s psychology i s t h e "philosophy" of t h e 20th century. L i t e r a t u r e , l i k e psychology, e x p l o r e s t h e deeper regions beyond t h e c o l l e c t i v e unconscious, t o expose t h e hidden s p r i n g s t h a t motivate human behavior. This course w i l l t h u s focus on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of psychology t o l i t e r a r y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , with emphasis on Freudian c r i t i c i s m and a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m derived from Jungian psychology. L i t e r a r y readings w i l l p r i m a r i l y involve s h o r t f i c t i o n , along with one novel and s e l e c t e d poems. Instructor: Mitchell ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Enrollment: 35 Grading: Optional 54445 Potpourri: Yes Time: Room: I1 19 Old Main Reading For Fun and C r e d i t The purpose of t h e course i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an opportunity t o r e a d some of those books t h a t he has been introduced t o but which he h a s n o t been a b l e t o r e a d . The s t u d e n t w i l l determine h i s reading l i s t i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen ~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No junior o r s e n i o r standing and consent of i n s t r u c t o r Prerequisite: Time: I Grading: Optional Enrollment: 12 Room: 201 Science H a l l 54459 Life As Literature: The Art of Biography The course emphasizes the development of twentieth century biography, its stylistic devices, and its place as a literary genre. For course projects, students may study the work of a major biographer, or examine several biographers on the same subject, or research and writ? brief biographies. Instructor: Wood ~istributionrequirement: No Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional Time: I Room: ~ibraryI Department of Foreign Language 70115 French in canada (Quebec) Students will enroll in the January Interim Study term at Lava1 University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking university in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums, social and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the Laurentian Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study French in French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking families. Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisite: None Cost: Approximately $450 Enrollment: 20 70335 French Civilization and Theatre in Paris A month of intensive "total immersion" in Parisian life with special emphasis on the contemporary civilization and theatre. Current magazines and newspapers will serve as one prime source of information; conversation classes, visits to monuments, art galleries, and cultural points of interest in and near Paris (including Versailles, Fontainebleau, Chartres, etc.), and study of drama related to attendance at theatrical performances will complete the experience. Designed for all students wishing to deepen and broaden their proficiency in French. Instructor: Johnson ~istributionrequirement: Yes Prerequisite: Intermediate French completed before January, 1974, or permission of the instructor. Enrollment : 15 Grading: Optional Cost: $650 72312 Intensive conversational German This course is designed to help the student develop conversational fluency in German. All class work is oral. Topics of current interest are discussed in German. Emphasis on current usage (slang, idioms, etc ) . Instructor: Jaunlinins Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisite: 212 or permission of instructor Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Grading: Optional Room: 4 Old Main 74244 Russian Literature in Translation The course focuses on the works of Alexander Solzhenitsyn (Cancer Ward, First Circle) and other contemporary Soviet writers (many of them anti-establishment) against the background of traditional Russian literature (Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and others) and the dramatic changes which Russian and Soviet society have experienced in the twentieth century. Instructor: Baltina Distribution requirement: Yes Prerequisite: None Enrollment : 30 Grading: Optional Time: Room: I1 2 Old Main General Studies 58269 A Winter Happening A first hand experience in snowshoeing, snowmobiling, and winter camping in the BWCA of Northern Minnesota and Canada. A study of the ecology, economy, and history of the Northshore of Minnesota. Instructor: Gulden Distribution requirement: No Prerequisite: None Enrollment: 19 Time: I Grading: P/N Room: 34 Science Hall Cost: $150 - $250 Considerably less if you have your own equipment. Interested students see Dean Gulden in his office (S-108) 58279 Quakerism: Beliefs and Practices; historical and modern A survey of the history, organization, and religious beliefs and practices ef the Religious Society of Friends. Quaker biography and novels will constitute part of required reading. Visits to local Friends' Meetings and local office of American Friends' Service Committee.wil1 be included. Students will be given opportunity to compare their own religious heritage to various aspects of Quakerism. Instructor: Sibley Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: 11 Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional Room: MHI 58289 Memorial Hall Counseling Skills: Compone~tsof Helping Relationships An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive understanding and practical competency in individual and group counseling situations. Learning will be based on an experiential and applied model. Instructor: Thoni Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: None Enrollment: 25 Grading: P/N 58320 Time: Room: I MHI Memorial Hall Ancient American Civilizations: Maya, Aztec, Inca (On-Campus) The course will seek to acquaint the student with the native heritage of the southern Americas and provide information on basic materials on the ancient cultures to enable intelligent individual study. The three ancient civilizations constitute the high water mark of Indian cultural achievements. Instructor: Reichenbach Distribution requirement: No Prerequisites: No Enrollment: 25 Grading: Optional Time: Room: I1 7 Old Main Department of Health and Physical Education 55232 Recreational A c t i v i t i e s and Rhythms Theory and p r a c t i c e in teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing. I n s t r u c t o r : Peterson D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None Enrollment: 45 Grading: T r a d i t i o n